IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 
 ■UUb 
 
 6" 
 
 M 
 
 IIIM 
 
 IIM 
 
 1.8 
 
 lA 11 1.6 
 
 j^ 
 
 /2 
 
 e 
 
 /2 
 
 ^l 
 
 a%/" % ^;;> 
 
 ^ ^'>' 
 
 #^'i^ 
 
 c^ ^2^^^ 
 
 
 ^^ 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sdences 
 Corporation 
 
 5V 
 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 

 
 C/j 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICIVIH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical IVIicroreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques at bibliographiques 
 
 The Institute has attempted to obtain the best 
 original copy available for filming. Features of this 
 copy which may be bibliographically unique, 
 which may alter any of the images in the 
 reprcduction, or which may significantly change 
 the usual method of filming, are checked below. 
 
 □ 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couleur 
 
 I I Covers damaged/ 
 
 ! Couverture endommagde 
 
 I I Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 
 Couverture restaur^e et/ou pelticulde 
 
 Cover title missing/ 
 
 La titre de couverture manque 
 
 Coloured maps/ 
 
 Cartes g^ographiques en couleur 
 
 Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur 
 
 Bound with other material/ 
 Relii avec d'autres documents 
 
 n 
 
 n 
 
 n 
 
 Tight binding may cause shadov>/s or distortion 
 along interior margin/ 
 
 Lareliure serree peut causer de I'ombre ou de la 
 distorMon la long de la marge intdrieure 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may 
 appear within the text. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 II se paut que certaines pages blanches ajout^es 
 lors dune restauration apparaisaent dans le texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela itait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas it6 film^es. 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentaires supplimentaires; 
 
 L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire 
 qu'il lui a i*i possible de se procurer. Lea details 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-^ts-e uniques du 
 point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier 
 une ir/i&ge reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une 
 modrfication dans a m6thode normale de filmape 
 sent indiqu^s ci-dessous. 
 
 r~~| Coloured pages/ 
 
 Pages de couleur 
 
 Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommag^es 
 
 □ Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 Pages restjurdes et/ou pelliculdes 
 
 i/ 
 
 Pages discoloured, stained cr foxed/ 
 Pages d^color^es, tachetdos ou piquees 
 
 I I Pages detached/ 
 
 Pages ditachees 
 
 Showthroughy 
 Transparence 
 
 Quality of prir 
 
 Quality inegale de I'impression 
 
 includes supplementary materia 
 Comprend du materiel supplementaire 
 
 Only edition available/ 
 Seule Edition disponible 
 
 j I Showthrough/ 
 
 r^ Quality of print varies/ 
 
 I I includes supplementary material/ 
 
 □ Only edition available/ 
 S 
 
 n 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata 
 slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to 
 ensure the best possible image/ 
 Les pages totalemenr ou partiellement 
 obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata. une pelure, 
 etc.. ont itit film^es A nouveau de faqon d 
 obtenir la meilleure image possible. 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 Ce document est film* au taux de reduction indiquA ci-dessous. 
 10X 14X 18X 22X 
 
 26X 
 
 30X 
 
 12X 
 
 y 
 
 16X 
 
 20X 
 
 24X 
 
 28X 
 
 32X 
 
The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks 
 to the generosity of: 
 
 Library 
 
 Indian and l^orthern Affairs 
 
 The images appearing here are the best quality 
 possible considering the condition and legibility 
 of the original copy and in keeping with the 
 filming contract specifications. 
 
 Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, and ending on the last page with a printed 
 or illustrated impression. 
 
 The last recorded frame en each microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol —»- (meaning "CON- 
 TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely included in one exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as many frames as 
 required. The following diagrams illustrate the 
 method: 
 
 L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grflce d la 
 gindrositd de: 
 
 Bibliothdque 
 
 Affaires indiennes et du Nord 
 
 Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le 
 plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et 
 de la nettetd de l'exemplaire film6, et en 
 conformity avec les conditions du contrat de 
 filmage. 
 
 Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est imprim6e sont film6s en commen^ant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant soit'par la 
 dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second 
 plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires 
 originaux sont filmds en commenpant par la 
 premidre page qui comporte ur<) empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration ei en terminant par 
 la dernidre page qui comporte une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 Un des symboles suivants apparaftra sur la 
 dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: le symbols —► signi'fe "A SUIVRE ", le 
 symbols V signifie "FIN". 
 
 Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent §tre 
 film6s d des taux de reduction diffdrents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour §tre 
 reproduit en un seul clich6, il est filmCi d partir 
 de Tangle sup^rieur gauche, de gauche d droite, 
 et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre 
 d'images nicessalre. Les diagrammes suivants 
 illustrent la mdthode. 
 
 \ 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 I 
 
 i 
 
A VIEW 
 
 OF THE 
 
 if 
 
 AMERICAN INDIANS, 
 
 -^ n 
 
 POINTING OUT 
 
 THEIR ORIGIN. 
 
 ^.M 
 
AM 
 
 THEIR ( 
 
 THE 
 
 ^' The. 
 
 Printed 
 
 ST. p 
 
A 
 
 ^ 
 
 / y y /^ '^ 
 A VIE W 
 
 //y / 
 
 i 
 
 OP THE 
 
 AMERICAN INDIANS 
 
 THEIR GENERAL CHARACTER, CUSTOMS, LANGUAGE, 
 
 PUBLIC FESTIVALS, RELIGIOUS RITES, 
 
 AND TRADITIONS: 
 
 SHEWING THBM TO BE THE DESCENDANTS OF 
 
 [THE TEN TRIBES OF ISRAEL, 
 
 Th^ Language ofPr&phecy concerning them, and 
 
 the course by which they travelled from 
 
 Media into America. 
 
 BY ISRAEL WORSLEY. 
 
 JUNE, MDCCCXXVIII. 
 
 PRINTED FOR THE AUTHOR, AND SOLD BY R. HUNTER^ 
 
 ST. PAUL's'cHURCH-YARD, AND THE AUTHOR, 
 
 AT PLYMOUTH. 
 
 \ 
 
 ■^' 51 -.1 
 ♦. .11 
 
 \ 
 
 5 i i 
 
 
 ■ 4 
 
 If 
 
 i;iii, 
 
 I 
 
^m 
 
 PREFAC 
 
 On the < 
 
 On the I 
 
 The 
 
 gem 
 
 The Relij 
 
 Their Pu 
 
 PRINTED BY W. \V. ARIJSS, PLYMOITH. 
 
 The Lan^ 
 
 The India 
 
I'lllil 
 
 CONTENTS OF THE VOLUME, 
 
 Preface I'age 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 On the Origin of Mankind; plan of the work j 
 
 CHAPTER IL 
 
 On the Prophecies 
 
 ' 15 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 The general character of the American Indians 25 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 The Religion and Religious Rites of the Indians es 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 Their Public Festivals 
 
 89 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 The Language of the Indians.... 
 
 105 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 Tbe Indian Traditions.. 
 
 "": • 115 
 
 b 
 
 <■ . 8 .. 
 
 m 
 
 ! 
 
 
 
 r? 
 
 
 
 ■4 
 
 ■ ■ ^'1 
 
 yll 
 
 
11 
 CHAPTER VIIL 
 
 On tlio Passage from one Continent to the other 1 23 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 On the Aril and the Science of the Indians 135 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 The Hohiew Testimony 14.5 
 
 CHAPTER XI. 
 On the Invasion of America by Cortes 1 55 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 Retrospective View and closing Remarks,.,.. 179 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 1 HE subject that is treated of in these pages engaged 
 he attention of the Inhabitants of the Unite.1 States but too 
 iate, to obtain that clea,- investigation which is necessary 
 for a full understanding of any subject. References to it 
 and statements of facts which afford us an eaily light, 
 ai^ found in some of tlie public priuts, and in Letters and 
 imvels previous to the year 1816, when a volume was 
 published at Trenton, New Jersey, by the Rev. Dr. Elias 
 i^oudmot, which bears for its title, ^ Star in the West, or 
 a humble attempt to discover tJi^ long lost Ten Tribe, of 
 Israel He gives the following account of himself and of 
 nis work. 
 
 ' This subject has occupied the attention of the writer 
 at tmies, for more than forty years. He was led to thJ 
 consideration of it, in the first instance, by a conversation 
 with a very worthy and reverend clergyman of his ac 
 quamtance, who, having an independent fortune, under- 
 took a journey, in company with a brother clergyman, 
 who was desirous of attending him, into the wilderness 
 between the Alleghany and Mississippi rivers, sometime 
 m or about the yeaxs 1765 or 6, before the white people 
 
 b3 
 
 Ui': 
 
iv 
 
 had settled be} oud the Laurel Mountain. His desire vfos 
 to meet with native Indians, who had never seen a white 
 man, tliat he might satisfy his curiosity by knowing from 
 the best source, what traditions the Indians yet preserved 
 relative to theii- own history and origin. This, these gen- 
 tlemen accomplished with gi'cat danger, risque and fatigue. 
 On their return one of them related to the \vTiter the informa • 
 tion they had obtained, what tliey saw and r/hat they heai'd.' 
 
 ' This raised in the writer's mind such an idea of some 
 former coimection between tliese aborigines of our land 
 and the Jewish nation, as greatly to 1. crease a desire for 
 further information on so interesting ana curious a subject.' 
 
 'Soon after, reading (quite accidentally) the 13th chap- 
 ter of the 2nd apochryphal book of Esdras, supposed to 
 have been written about the year 100 of tlie Christian 
 era, his ardour to know more of, and to seek further into 
 the circumstances of these lost tribes, was in no wise di- 
 minished. He has not ceased since to improve every 
 opportunity afforded him, by personal interviews with 
 Indians, reading the best histories relating to them, and 
 carefully examining our public agents resident among 
 them, as to facts reported in the several histories, without 
 letting them know his object; so as not only to gratify his 
 curiosity, by obtaining all the knowledge relating to them 
 in his power, but also to guard against misrepresentation 
 as to any account he might thereafter be tempted to give 
 of them. His design at present is, if by the blessing of 
 Almighty God his life, now far advanced, should be spared 
 a little longer, to give some brief sketches of what he has 
 learned in this important inquu-y, lest the facts he has 
 

 tr^ 
 
 collected should be entirely lost ; as he feds hiraseir cul- 
 pable for puttin- off this business to so advanced a period 
 of life, as to leave him but small hopes of acconiplishinfr 
 his intentions.' 
 
 In the year 1825 ni^peared another volume, written by 
 Ethan Smith, Pastor of a Church in Poultney, 2nd Edn. 
 eniiilcd. View of the Hebrews or the Tribes of Israel in 
 America. The great objection to these works, andeopecial 'y 
 the last, is their lengthyness, the profusion of matter which 
 they contain, frequei t repetitions, much cf it foreign to 
 Jie subject, and *hc disposition she-.vn to intermix re- 
 ligious views and party zeal, which cannot but be offensive 
 to many readers. 
 
 The object of the present work is to extract irom these 
 and from other sources, as well as from the incidental re- 
 'uarks of our historians, Josephus, Prideaux, Gibbon,' 
 Robertson and others, such materials as bear directly rpon 
 the point In question, and to arrange them in a clear and 
 concise manner, so as to give a short but conspicuous 
 view of the subject. This has been found by no means 
 an easy task, and may no doubt be improved if another 
 edition should be called for; the materials of a work not 
 being seen in a clear light until they have appeared in a 
 connected fonn. The Author esteems himself particularly 
 hanpy in having obtained a sight of a little Hebrew vol- 
 ume, u. -ontents of which are given in the tenth Chap- 
 ter. They furnish a most satisfactory support and form a 
 valuable conclusion to the materials offered before them. 
 One of the most respectable authorities, for the manners 
 and customs of this people since the time that the- have 
 
 b3 
 
 \ 
 
 ? I 
 
 V '1 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 '5 P- 
 
 1 ' r i 
 I I I 
 
 Ml 
 
VI 
 
 hecome the object of attention to the moderns, is jMr. 
 Adair's, who wrote a History of the Indians about the year 
 1 775. He appears to liave paid much attention to them, 
 lived forty years domesticated with the Soutliern Indians, 
 was a man of great respectability and leainhig, and left the 
 States soon after he had prepai'ed his maniLScript, and 
 escaped to England, on account of the troubles then com- 
 ing on. lliis work was afterwards examined by a mem- 
 ber of ihe CongTCss, who had acted as Indian Agent to the 
 Southward, without his knowing the design of enquir- 
 ing his opmion of it, and by him found to be con'ect in 
 all its leading facts. Of this Mr. Boudinot made much 
 use. 
 
 Charlevoix wis a Clergyman of high respectabihty, who 
 spent many years with them and tiuvelled from Canada 
 to the Mii^sisslppi at an early day. The Rev. Mr. Brain- 
 erd was a man of remarkable piety, and a Missionary to 
 the Crosweek Indians to his death. Dr. Edwards was 
 eminent for piety and learning and was intimately ac- 
 quainted with i-iem from his youth. Dr. Beatty, a Cler- 
 gyman of note and established character. Barti'am a man 
 well known and respected, wdio travelled the country of 
 the Southern Indians as a Botanist, a man of discernment 
 and great means of knowledge : and JNPKenzie in the em- 
 ployment of the North- West company, an old trader, the 
 first adventurous explorer of the country from the lake of 
 the woods to the Southern Ocean. 
 
 It has been thought desirable to give in the first place 
 a general outline of the character of the aborigines of 
 Amciica; which, to form a just opinion of them, should 
 
 be taken 
 
 tliose per 
 
 oi-iginal a 
 
 ans indu( 
 
 tlie free u 
 
 sive Savai 
 
 and hunte 
 
 ders, orsii 
 
 laws, yiali. 
 
 unknown i 
 
 liLst and 
 
 chai-acter c 
 
 different f 
 
 tbeir frien( 
 
 friendly al 
 
 Indejxinde: 
 
 arcii, to sa 
 
 religion ai 
 
 slwvv, had t 
 
 wide uncu 
 
 which they 
 
 pollutions 
 
 God in j)ea 
 
 WilS fully ol 
 
 wajidering 
 
 ble of *upp 
 
 this vej-y d 
 
 l>erty to tak 
 
 scattered, as 
 
 ened, and i 
 
 ■Yt:p^^i)^ffi^i^m>xi90^m^;: 
 
, t'-jn 
 
 Vll 
 
 be taken from what was said or writen about them bv 
 those persons »-ho were acquainted with U,em in their 
 original and pure state, before their alliance witl. Europe- 
 ans induced new desires and new habits; and, f™. bcL 
 the free unlicensed rangers in tlie vast woods and e^te-i! 
 s.ve Savannalis of the new world, they became ,H^secutld 
 and hunted hordes scattc- 1 by the pursnil., of tlieir inva- 
 ders, or submitting with an abject and servile spirit to tiieir 
 laws, yreHing to the bribery of intoxicating liquors, before 
 unlnown ainong them, and sacrificir.g aid, otiier to the 
 im and t« vengeance of Europeaiis. The modem 
 char-acterof Uiese wTetched jieople has be«riudeed widely 
 different from what it was when Columbus fim sought 
 be,r nen ship, when Penn form«] witi.tla™ ajust a°nd 
 nendly alhance, and when the i,ersec.„tc^ and distressed 
 Indei«ndent, flod from the tynumy of a British Mon- 
 »rch, to seek liberty of conscience and t!>e consolatioiis of 
 rehgion ainong a people, who, it will be my business to 
 sluHv, had t^iemselves fled from a tyrant's grasp, and, in a 
 ».cie uncultivated, bat rich and abundant countr;, of 
 .*>ch they had gained intelligeac, hoped to escape^he 
 po u,,™. or an idolatrous people, and worslnp' their 
 God in peace. Tlie first in ,«intof time of these Ejects 
 w.. ally obtatned. No tyrant's law could restni ;: 
 wandenng tnbcs in a country without inhabitants, capa! 
 be of supporting hundreds of millions of people. But 
 bis vo-y arcumstance, of the wide range U,ey were at li- 
 berty to take, was the cause of their being soon veiy widely 
 scattered, as tlie U-ibcs giew large and tlieir families thick- 
 -ed. and of their losing Uiat chamcter of one people 
 
 N '. 
 
 »■ i 
 
 ^ J' If 
 
 m 
 
VIU 
 
 which marked them in the land of their captivity. Sub- 
 ject in their new abode to none but a patriarchal law, 
 numerous circumstances would arise, many coincidences 
 would take place, to give different characteristic features 
 to the tribes and kingdoms which were fonned among 
 them ; religious views and feelings would vary according 
 as leaders of different minds rose up among them ; and 
 it may well be imagined, that while many customs of 
 former times would remam to shew the relationship be- 
 tween them, some practices and some opinions would par- 
 ticularize their societies; so that after a lapse of some hun- 
 dred years, they may be thought to have arisen from 
 different heads. If I am correct in the point I h ave to estab- 
 lish, wha* more probable, than that the larger proportion of 
 these rambling tribes would hold the belief in One God, 
 whom they might with a striking truth and beauty call. 
 The Great Spirit: while one body of tliem, retaining the 
 Idolatrous impressions of their Assyrian master, would in 
 tlie spirit of fear offer sacrifice to aMolock, the evil being, 
 whom tliey had learned to regard as the Author of Evil 
 and the power that had contaminated the beautiful creation 
 and scattered curses over it : whom they must propitiate 
 — and such were the Mexicans — and another body of 
 them, entertaining more delightful views of the world and 
 the author of it, would adopt the system of tlie ancient 
 Magians; and, regarding light and fire as the image of 
 God, and the symbols both of his purity and his beneficence, 
 would adopt the bright luminary of day as their Emblem of 
 the Almighty ; believing with those ancient Sages, that 
 the Sun was the place of his abode, the body which his 
 

 soul animated, and the great centre from which he scvt- 
 tered the rays of his love upon all the creatures of his for- 
 mation— and such were the Peruvians : whose Incas were 
 the Children of the Sun : the first of them, they had been 
 taught to beUeve, had descended ui)on earth, a special gift 
 of their God, whose person and all wh. e race were sacred, 
 and received from them a subordinate worship. The three 
 gi-eat classes of the aboriginal Americans, first and best 
 knovvn amongthem, bore these great and substantial marks 
 of a Hebrew and an Assyrian origin. By these marks 
 their forefathers in the land of Canaan had been distinctly 
 known : for their leanings tow£u-ds Idolatry and some es- 
 l>ecial features of it, which I shall have occasion to point 
 out, ai-e too plainly described in the scripture history to 
 leave us in any doubt; while they still professed, in a 
 defective manner, their belief in the One True God: and 
 probably tlieir residence in Media of some continuance, 
 and how long we ai-e not able with certainty to say] 
 little tended to lessen the disposition they had always 
 manifested to Idolatry, with its hateful and iniquitous cus- 
 toms. The Jews had never sunk so deep in that iniquity 
 which the holy soul of Jehovah abhorred, that they could 
 not be recovered: they were so to a great degree by their 
 captivity in Babylon. But of the tribes of Israel we have 
 never heard so good a character. Although the hands of 
 their forefathei-s were not stained with the blood of h im nhom 
 we. Christians, receive as the Messiali of God,— tbr they 
 were removed to a great distance from the scene of his 
 ministry, and did not fall under the temptation of thus 
 striving against God,— their habits were so deeply rooted. 
 
 /'; 
 
 ! ' 
 
tlieir minds were so fast riveted to Idolatiy, even of the vilest 
 kind, that it must be believed many would retain those 
 praoticevS, and gome would break out again in their new 
 habitation and shew the indications of the disease deeply fix- 
 ed in tlieir ra^e. There was not one King over the Isr ael- 
 itcs, after their separation from the house of David, who 
 ruled the people axxording to the law of Moses : although 
 therefore Uiey had not altogether forsaken that law, yet 
 they were well prepared to treat its injunctions lightly. 
 
 That their language should soon change and different 
 dialects of it be fonned, is no more than has occurred in all 
 l)arts of tjie woild upon die division of families. The 
 three great heads of our race, the sons of Noah, separating 
 from the place of their birth, in a Northern, an Eastern, 
 and a Western direction, became the roots from which 
 many nations sprang; and from tliera the numberless lan- 
 guages of the world have arisen. Many tongues are 
 spoken by the inhabitants of Africa, many by the people 
 of the East, and Sir William Jones, speaking of Tartars, 
 says, tliat their languages, like tliose of America, are in 
 perjictual fluctuation, and that more than fifty dialects are 
 spoken between Moscow and China by the many hundred 
 tribes and their several branches. Yet he has no doubt 
 that they sprang from one common source. And it will 
 further be shewn, that although the Indians have great 
 and striking varieties in their language, yet all of them bear 
 strong marks of being derived from one root. Of tlie first 
 family he also observes, in his discourse on tlie origin of 
 the Hindoos, Arabs and Tartars— " Hence it follows, that 
 the only family after the flood established itself in the part 
 
XI 
 
 now Persia, that as the family multipUed they were di- 
 vided into three distinct branches, each retaining little at 
 first, and losing the whole by degrees of their common 
 pnmary language, but agree.ing severally on new expres- 
 sions for new ideas." 
 
 Manners soon degenerate amongst wandering tribes, liv- 
 ing mthout principle, laws, education or civil government 
 especially where absolute want of the necessaries of life is 
 sometimes takingplace. and the necessity of doing without 
 causes the names and the uses to i>erish togetW. The' 
 Indian languages, not having been reduced to any certainty 
 by letters, must have been exposed to great changes and 
 to misconceptions. Our organs of speech do not act with 
 an absolute certainty, and from a defect or a redundancy 
 in any one of them, an object may obtain a new name or 
 an idea may be conveyed by a different combination of 
 
 ^r^'' J^^ ^^^^ ^^^"^ «f «^^«g«> as well as of social 
 iife, will have given rise to as varied a manner of speaking 
 and the mere caprice or authority of an individual wiU iii 
 many places have originated both words and phrases 
 unknown to any others. 
 
 It will be seen in the perusal of the following pages 
 that when the American Indians spoke of those placesTnd 
 persons that were selected for important national purposes 
 and for those of religion, they invariably used a term 
 expressive of high regard: their priests and old wairiors 
 were beloved men, their great square in which they met 
 to celebme public festivals was the beloved place the 
 hut or tent which contained the holy things was the 
 beloved house. We cannot but feel pleasure at this 
 
 I'l 
 
 1 ' ", ; 
 
 ■ y 
 ( ' 
 
 ■ * 1 
 
 '■I ■ 
 
 I' '5i 
 
 
 h 
 
 
Xll 
 
 thought : for altlioiigh the usages of social life would occa- 
 sion such tenns to appear afTected on our lips, in a sim- 
 ple and unassuming state of society like theirs, the terms 
 convey a devotedness of mind to men experienced in hfe 
 and proved to be faithful, and to all that relates to the 
 Divine Being. I cannot but regard this simple circum- 
 stance as a beautiful trait of character, in those who have 
 been vilified in a thousand forms and shewn in the most 
 detestable points of light. 
 
 ON THE ( 
 
 >■ 
 
CHAPTER I. 
 
 « i 
 
 ON THE ORIGIN OF MANKIND. PLAN OF THE 
 
 WORK. 
 
 -LIlD we not know the rapacious disposition of mercan- 
 tile men when they le^ve their home in order to enlarge 
 their fortune and raise their families to wealth, it might 
 be thought a most extraordinary thing, that the settlers 
 on the western continent should have passed through a 
 long succession of yeara without giving themselves any 
 concern about the origin of the people among whom they 
 had settled and whose land they had seized upon; that a 
 race altogether different from any already found in any 
 part of the world should be within their knowledge and 
 under their eye, and yet no enquiry be made from what 
 stock they had descended, and in wliat branch they were 
 alHed to the inhabitants of the old Continent 
 
 ITie opinion generally prevailing among us is, that the 
 whole human r^ is descended from one pair. This 
 opmion is derived from what we regard as divine authority: 
 but lest any of my readers should question that authority 
 and conceive that the early part of the history of the world 
 
 B 
 
 .» ^Wi ft 
 
 ■i- (t 
 
 >tf' 
 
was gathered by Moses or some other learned Israelite 
 from traditions which had been handed down from gene- 
 ration to generation, and therefore do not bear a divine 
 stamp; it shall be added, that this opinion is corroborated 
 and strengthened, by the observations which have been 
 made by philosophical observers on the different nations 
 of the earth, by the light shades of difference which are 
 perceptible in the gradations from the purest fair to the 
 darkest black complexion, and the evident and palpable 
 effects of climate, food, manners, customs, habit and edu- 
 cation, the influence of superstition which has produced 
 its effects on the body as well as on the mind of man, and 
 a variety of political and moral regulations. If the mind 
 be the standard of the man; it is not less true, that pecu- 
 liar notions taken up and acted upon, have had a sensible 
 influence on the features of the countenance, tlie motions 
 of the body, the shade of complexion and other traits of 
 the human character. So that although there are great 
 diversities in the general appearance of mankind, and we 
 may divide them into classes, each possessing peculiarities 
 different from the others; yet are there none of these 
 peculiarities, whether of form or feature, or colour, but 
 may readily be accounted for by the influence of climate, 
 food, &c. and this is yet more confirmed by the utter impos- 
 sibility of drawing the line which shall separate one race 
 ii'om another, and decide tha^ this is descended from the 
 tawny race and tliat from the fair : because the difference 
 is so small, while the similarity is so striking, that more 
 easy would it be to divide the approximating colours of the 
 rainbow. There are great dissimilarities observable in 
 
M 
 
 the Inhabitants ofEurope; the nations of it are harac- 
 terised in 8u6h a way as to |)e easily distinguished; tlie 
 Gennan, the l^renchman, the Dutchman, the Spaniard, 
 although they haven general resemblance, are marked by 
 traits wide enough to be known, as well in general ap- 
 pearance as in colour; nor can we readily suy, why these 
 nations hjive assumed peculiarities by which they are 
 known among their fellows. But they have assumed those 
 peculiarities. And if we pass over a few more leagues 
 of the land or of tiie sea either to the north, the east, or 
 the south, We eonie 'to nations whose complexions, whose 
 form of countenance, whose figure, and Whose manner of 
 life, are Vety materially Jifferent from those of the Eu- 
 ropean; yet, while they exhibit as mariy shades of differ- 
 ence as does the Iris on the cloud, they pass as gradually 
 as do the colours of that beautiful bow from one to the 
 other, which are known by differences so small, that we 
 cannot perceive where one of tliese colours ends and ano- 
 ther l>egins: so neither can we distinguish the termination 
 of one set of characteristics of the human race and the 
 beginning of another, so as to say, these are from one 
 original stock and those from another. 
 
 The American tribes, of whom I am about to treat, 
 have a general character peculiar to themselves, yet they 
 differ in some striking particulars from one another. 
 Their general resemblance has been observed by many 
 persons who, independenuy of each other, have visited 
 distant pai'ts of that vast continent. There has been 
 found a great likeness throughout, together with lines of 
 difference, similar to those which are seen in the societies 
 
 B 2 
 
 i 
 
 'I n 
 
 
 i 
 
 fi 
 I! 
 
that possess the lands of the old hemisphere : but there 
 are none of those great dissimilarities amongst them 
 which mark the natives of Europe, Asia and Africa. Al- 
 though they axe spread over a country which bears a near 
 pioportion to the Eastern Continent, and stretches as wide 
 from North to South, into the frigid and over the torrid 
 zone, still a great resemblance is discovered among them, 
 they have all the appearance of being descended from one 
 stock. 
 
 When this extensive country became first known to 
 the Europeans, it bore evident marks of having been but 
 recently the abode of men. The greater part of it was 
 wild, oveiTun with woods, interspersed with bogs and 
 marshes, whose pestilential vapours the industry of man 
 had not attempted to remove j t^xtenslve suviimialis, in 
 which wild herds of cattle fed undisturbed; and rivers to 
 which those of Europe axe streamlets, yet over which no 
 vessels had ever sailed larger than the light canoe, made 
 of the bark taken off sound and whole from their majestic 
 trees, or cut out with uncouth instruments from the solid 
 timber. It is a circumstance deeply to be regretted, that 
 the first visiters oi the new contment, and the first settlers 
 upon it, do not appeax to have entertained the thought of 
 enquiring into the origin of this new people. At that 
 period, before they were defiled by the impurities and the 
 impieties of European civilization, and driven from their 
 pacific settlements by European rapacities and cruelty, 
 before they were scattered like sheep by ravenous wolves, 
 and, being so scattered, lost gradually the marks by which 
 they were then distinguished j and before they fell a sac- 
 
nficc by Im„,lre,h„„,I I,y .touxu.uls to the cruel bondaRe by 
 •vluch they wei-e visited, to obtain fur their unfeeling task- 
 masters that eursed gold «hich has enflamed the evil pas- 
 sions in aU ages, but never before with that unfeeliuK 
 rapacty that filled the Spaniarf's breast with every „„ju,t 
 «nd .mpious tho„ght-nt that period much might have 
 been discovered from the customs prevalent among them, 
 an, from the traditions which were fresh in their memories, 
 and had not been disturbed by change of manners or by 
 persecufon, of their early history, andmo,^ certain means 
 might have been obtained for tracing their origin. The 
 Spamards cared little for the history of these hamless 
 people They found them a set of beings differem from 
 ^e mhabttants of the old world, meek, peaceful, hospita- 
 ble, benevolent, possessing few marks of what they regard- 
 ed as cm'u=ation, and, compared with themselves in a 
 state of Ignorance and of barbarism. They found their 
 mterestm reading and in describing them as an inferior 
 roee, and m the pride or the hypocrisy of their heart, they 
 id not hesitate to declare, in the reports they sem home 
 to their govenmient, that they were of an inferior order 
 of men, fitted only for beasts of burden. They forced 
 tliem to toil in the ricu streams thatpoured down LZZ 
 mountems golden sand, they devoted them to iZrt 
 the mines which they soon discovered rising .„ the IZ 
 urface of the mountdns. Ueir only earelas to iZ 
 the eyes of the ruleB at home, to whom they were T 
 oountabk for their conduct abroad; and so eiy L » 
 efl-ectually did they complete this w^iked purpLftr 
 by the nusrepresentation of their wretched IveV^d 
 
 b3 
 
 d 3 
 
 ■4 ii 
 
 ! 
 
 
 
 •n 
 
 i 
 
 WuK 
 
6 
 
 tlie powerful iudiicnce of the silver and gold which they 
 icinittwl to their king, they concealed the real condition, 
 character, and powers of the natives from the Spanish 
 Court, and went on for a long time iu the exercise of ra- 
 piK'ity, cruelty, and murder, until hy far the greater jmrt 
 of the population of tliosc tenitories which they had in- 
 vaded were exhausted hy rigorous treatment, by severe 
 1'isks which their delicate frame could not endure, and by 
 a generally licencious conduct unchecked by any principle 
 of humanity — but — alas — all iu tlie name of religion ! ! 
 These evilfe 'ell chiefly on those Americans who lived a 
 comparatively civilized life — who had a quiet and a happy 
 home, and, with few wants and tliose easily suppUed, had 
 no occasion for the bodily laboms which stiffen the mus- 
 cles and sticngthen the nerves, and form the robust and 
 vigorous man, and on tliat account were totally unfit for 
 the hard duties imposed upon them by their merciless 
 invaders. Happy were the wild and wandering tribes 
 among them iu those days of tenor, who could strike t\mr 
 tents and retire into the woods at the i^ound of an enemy's 
 footsteps. The savage as he wa? called was hapi)y while 
 the civilized Indian fell a prey to the avaince and the reck- 
 less cruelty of tlie Si)amard. Long was it after these 
 Christians had landed in America before, great as wus 
 their zeal for the catholic faith, lliey oilered the cv. 'isola- 
 tions of religion to these wretched sufferers: and when at 
 lenifth thev did ofl'er them, it was with a view to enveiijlc, 
 to deceive, and to pilfer them with greater ease. Yet 
 the remarks which were made incidcntarv by some of the 
 first settler:; farui.sh valuable hints to ,sup-port the object 
 
of the present work. Although they apiK'or to haw; en- 
 tertaiued uo thought of these people being dcscoaderl from 
 on European or an Asiatic race, yet their observaUons t«nd 
 in some iustoncos to illustrate the subject which is now 
 before ua. I'hosc remarks are the more valuable, Ixjcauae 
 they came from obscn-ation, and without any thought of 
 the use that would afterward be made of them; and be- 
 cause they were ma^lo at the early period when the Ameri- 
 cans retained more of their original character. In an 
 enquiry like the pre^ont, some notion of the origin of the 
 I»eoplew of great importance, because the enquirer will 
 tlien have his mind directed to those tniits of chanicter 
 wiiich support his position; whereas, without it he may 
 I«i.ss many of them by unobserved, for the want of per- 
 ceiving their bearing on the point in view: and this was 
 no doubt the case with the first setUers in Amenca. 
 They did not see the points of resemblance which we are 
 iH>w seeking for, becaase they hiul no concc^ption of their 
 existence, and their minds and their whole attention were 
 turned to very different objects. 
 
 T may be lead astray in a contrary coarse. The man 
 n'lio thinks he is in posses-sion of some new and valuable 
 thou£rht, and is desirous of estal>lishin<,' the proof of it, 
 may exun:i>e the energies of his mind to make all that 
 occurs b(>nd to supp)rt his opinion ; in thi., way facts may 
 be mi::;repi-esented or distorted for the express puipose 
 of supixntiTig an hypotJiesis. It may happen that circum- 
 stimces will be detailed in tliis volume which have this 
 cluiracter; for I shall not withhold even slight symptom.^ 
 (>{■ resemblance wlii.-h bear upon the point in question: 
 
8 
 
 .;i» 
 
 "♦I 
 
 but, as I trust I shall produce much more tlian mere 
 conjecture many circumstances which amount to a strong 
 presumpt /e proof, and an abundance of corroboratinir 
 
 o 
 facts, those minor points of simiUtude will be regard- 
 ed in their proper light, and be allowed to throw in 
 their mite of evidence in support of the interesting fact, 
 that — The immense populatiomvith which the contijient of 
 vimerica was f mind to be inhabited on itsjirst discovery, 
 were the direct lineal descendants of the nine tribes and 
 a half, or a large part of them., that were carried captive 
 by tite Assyrian King, and since their banishment from 
 their own country have been lost to their brethren the 
 Jews and to all the historians of latter times. 
 
 But can they be altogether lost, or can they be inter- 
 mingled among the new tiibes that have been fonned 
 and the new kingdoms that have sprung up? Tliei' 
 constituted a large proportion, more than three 
 fourths, of the chosen people of God; concerning whom 
 so many prophecies stand recorded in the holy books, for 
 whom so many stiiking interferences took place under the 
 direct agency of the Almighty ; for the express purpose 
 of separating them from the idolatrous nations, of keeping 
 them a distinct and peculiar people, of making them bear 
 his name to the ends of the earth and spread his glory 
 among the nations. Can they then be lost, destroyed, 
 rooted out from the habitations of men ? Or can they be 
 so amalgamated with those Idolaters who conquered them, 
 or with those people with whom they have since dwelt, 
 as to be no more known a separate people, as to have lost 
 their identity, and be no where to be found in the day to 
 
9 
 
 th„=» ^v. "'"^^'^<^° dt.,pemd amcig tke nations, ami 
 t°^ »•'» i-e been cast oot, shall alike be call dZ 
 the sp«=:al vo.ce of G<xi to re.un> to their conn" i J ^ 
 
 -...e.i':::-r--:;--- 
 
 name is one, and whose praise one > 
 
 to!^!^^^"t*"f **"' tot«x.ncae himself coranletelv 
 ^ 4e though, th« there has long been an end to' tlfo e 
 tnbes He says "thus the ten tribes which had sepam^ 
 
 d"L : "'"'"^ ^ '""^'^ «" " f»" ^^"- 
 
 "Some nfT """ "^"^ '"="™-^ themselves." Again 
 
 came wHoUy absorbed and swaUowed un in th 
 
 ^ese are bold ^X ^I ^f ^^^ ''':'^" °"' 
 other p.^,; than tl.at he, wi4 l^L^"" P'"?""" "'' 
 <iiscoveredanvsn.,„fi., *'"""''^' ''"«»nans, have not 
 ered any satisfactory traces of them after that period 
 
 ^^^ZIZ'T"^'":' -'^i^'ino.fromalll:; 
 
 ever. fo^™2' ^' T^'Po^^^ "-e distinct than 
 Auiermixed mth all the nations of thp A«rtk 
 
 "^S to the language of pronh . "T n ' ^^'^' 
 
 yet the, connL^thel^Z -'l """^ ""^"^ *^^^"^' 
 
 iii 
 
 no religious or political 
 
 H 
 
 A. : 
 
 ry , 
 
 i 
 
 ill' 
 
 f ■ 
 
 te' 
 
 i. 
 
 j! 
 
 i 
 1 . 
 
 
10 
 
 I., 
 
 alliance, with any of them. Favored by few, oppressed 
 by many, still persecuted by some, Uke tlieir forefathers 
 in Egypt, they increase and maltii)ly. Satisfied if they 
 are allowed to remain quiet, they follow their own cus- 
 toms, while they submit to tlie laws of the state under 
 which they live. But no privations—and they have suf- 
 fered all that social man can suffer; no persecutions — and 
 the cruelty of man has been taxed, in many countries to 
 discover and to invent engines of persecution to employ 
 against them, have been able to turn them from their 
 fideUty to that One Glorious Being whom they acknow- 
 ledge as tlieir God and King, and make them deny the 
 faith which alone they believe to be of divine origin. 
 Faithful people ! Faithful to the -light which has shone 
 upon them, tp tlie God who revealed himself to their pa- 
 rents of old! If they still are blind -to the light whicii 
 shone in our Messiah; I^they deny him to be the mes- 
 senger from their God, who was to call them from their 
 backsliding and reveal to them his whole will, their fore- 
 fathers in the time of the Saviour were blind to it before 
 them, even when it was accompanied by signs, and 
 wonders, and gifts of the Holy Spirit. This blindness 
 was suffered to fall on them; it is still permitted to suffuse 
 their minds, and to withhold their faith in Christ Jesus; 
 and by the authority of an inspired pen we learn, it shall 
 be so, until the fullness of the Gentiles be come in. 
 Why it is thus, and how long it shall be so, rests with 
 that Eternal Wisdom, to whom time has no divisions, 
 with whom a thousand years are as one day. Under 
 some impressions of cliristian credence they will be pitied. 
 
' i 
 
 11 
 
 perhaps blamed: under others they will be respected- 
 mder no|>e should they be ill „a«,; and if u-e d b lei 
 aco„™t,«n that they act on a conscientioua prinlip' 
 and do no, become christia.«, beca„«, they think fev 
 ought not, they do not deserve iU usage of rep ^ "I 
 our par, morathan we do on theirs,Za„se Tl „„" 
 abandon our christian faith and submi, to the hIZ 
 
 Their foreHrthers oever sunk so deen in th^ ,.• •.• 
 or Idolatry a, did their b.U>re„ ofTU X'"" : 
 
 for «h.ch abandonment of , heir integrity thev incun-ed 
 
 l^fW"''^'^'' P'^'-*' denounced by" 
 propheta In the very peculiar state in which they con! 
 
 ~i.e.e see .he pledge and the certainey of Z 
 
 Not less frequent nor less plain are the prophecies which 
 -reredehver^ to the Israeh,es while they dwe^nt ' 
 
 pon 7LT I """'^'' "' "^"^ "^ •« loose 
 .ITr? ; Av^ngorwas bmught up against ,hem by 
 tha Bemg by whom kings «ig„, and thTy we™ carried 
 capfve to a strange land, there «, expiate their sin bvl! 
 ^ffenng of dist^ss and affliction, wlL were d^'fa t 
 he d,spensatK.„s of Heaven to operate as a medfcine o 
 'h« Aseased mind, and make them .^tum ^wT , 
 -1 »«ul .0 him from whom they had dee^^ i'"" 
 n h.s s.pent „f the divine pur^^e'be:^;,;' 
 ""' •"= '^"''"'y^' 'h^y cannot he mixed wilh Z 
 
 I 
 
 
 I'' ft-*. 
 
 I 
 
12 
 
 ■** 
 
 heatliciij I ke the waters of a river in the great bed of the 
 Ocean ; they must still have an existence, as distinct as 
 that of their brethren, the Jews, and will be found of him 
 that seeks after them, when he shall display his great 
 jMJwer and the banner of his salvation. 
 
 It is quite certain that in the captivity, both of tlie Jews 
 and the jjeople of Israel, the whole body of them was not 
 included. Some were left behind, not worthy the captor's 
 attention^ otliers escaped before they were mustered to 
 submit to their fate. Many, of those perhaps who had 
 money at command, fled into Eg)rj>t. When Ptolemy, 
 long after, obtained from the High Priest the copy of the 
 holy writings, in order to have them translated into Greek, 
 they were accompanied by a letter from Eleazar in which 
 he wrote, "I have sent you six elders out of every tribe, 
 with the law to attend your pleasure'*. Some of all the 
 ten tribes must therefore have been at Jerusalem at that 
 time : perhaps the holy city was never entirely without a 
 few of every tribe. 
 
 The plan to be pursued in the present work is the fol- 
 lowing. We shall first take a view of the prophecies 
 relative to the Tribes of Israel, both as to their dissolution 
 and their recovery — ^then show the general character of 
 the Inhabitants of the American Continent, the degene- 
 rate state to which they have been reduced, and the 
 immense sacrifice of life they have sustained through the 
 cupidity and licentiousness of the Europeans ; their man- 
 ners, customs and religious ceremonies; the traditions 
 still found among them of their original settlement in that 
 country, .the people from whom they descended and the 
 
13 
 
 quarter at which their ancestors entered -th.!,™ , 
 e.«ons which have been tep. .^^^:XT I 
 te%, we shall attempt to trace the course 4 cluhT" 
 
 marks of an incidental nature laid before the reader i 
 ^JI consider whether there be not reason to bd^e 'tl^ 
 the God of the Jews ha, still taken care of his ch L; t 
 
 .^peai, of ui: „::;rrt^^ '"-' '- 
 
 future time, it is the natio.: th Ca" "', 
 
 ' "'""f °^'''<' I*"!"'^ remains, so long as they retain 
 
 -setti.a.non,th:„no:rtLtt:T;ri 
 
 tne lulseliood of tlin«P n,„* t i ' ^"^ 
 
 . "" "I "io&e that did attempt it, the rUfflpnU 
 
 0^0. nnng proper 
 
 ana fear th.-y have entertained of the white people, from 
 
 r t 
 
 ■ 
 
 trl 
 
14 
 
 H 
 
 H 
 
 ■•in 
 
 whom they have received little other than injury, extreme 
 suffering and wanton destruction — It must be obvious 
 that under such circumstances as these many difficulties 
 will arise in this investigation. We have a comparison 
 to make between a people originally possessing and 
 observing a peculiar economy, but degenerating under 
 that economy in an extreme degree, and intermixing in 
 its aws and customs others to which they were originally 
 and systematically hostile ; calling themselves the wor- 
 shippers of One God and yet indulging in the worship of 
 many; acknowledging themselves bound to the Mosaic law 
 yet uniting with it what was the most alien from it — and 
 an immense population divided into separate communities, 
 forming new kingdoms, instituting new laws; or remain- 
 ing under the authority of no established code, but sub- 
 mitting to tlie rule of a chief who professed no authority 
 but the tradition of which himself was the depository. 
 When the very different states of two such people arc 
 considered, and the long lapse of time between the disap- 
 pearance of the former and the discovery of the latter, 
 together with tlie distance of the countries in which they 
 severally resided, and that one was in the highest state of 
 cultivation while the other was a wild waste : must it not be 
 thought that, tliough these histories relate to the same 
 people yet great and incalculable changes must have taken 
 place among them, and that we are not to expect to find 
 many clear and distinctive marks by which it may be made 
 to appear, that the American Tribes are the offspring of the 
 captivated and cast-out tribes of Israel. 
 
CHAPTER IT. 
 
 1' 
 
 
 
 1 * 
 
 r : ■ 
 
 ■ i ' 
 
 ■ i 
 
 
 OF THE PROPHECIES. 
 
 From ,ho history of the Hebrews and fro,,, .!,„, 
 saored wr,t,„gs i, appears, that the great Governor o I! 
 um^rse did select that people fro.^„ „. ZZ^^Z 
 earth, not only to receive and to preserve the great do,- 
 «.ne of the d.vino Unity, together with that pu.i.y .„,d 
 
 ^■enessof worship whichhe requires; b„t also todo,:^^ 
 ove the same to the other nations. They have bee,, 
 made the depositories of Prophecies, instr,fctive .0 
 themselves alone but to all the earth Th 
 informed in a language the most plain, what^w^d W d 
 
 ments of God or were disobedient to them and in th.- 
 r^n^ fully e^Henced the truth X;; ^ 
 
 -v th the uT "7T '"' '"" P^*'"^ -I"-'"' 
 w,th the untoward disposition of the people Jhen h,. 
 
 he,r tendency would be to revolt .0 I absurdities^ d 
 
 .•.bom,„at,onsofthe„ations around .hem;.ndbei„gin.pi,.«! 
 
 c2 
 
 V ; ' -1,1 
 
 J --I 
 
 • y 
 i 'i 
 
 
 
 if 
 
 III 
 
 
 ^1 
 
 : 1 II 
 
 *?• 
 
16 
 
 "t 
 
 with a spirit of prophecy, he warned them of their danger 
 in suhUme language. Deut. 4. 23. "Take heed to your- 
 selves lest ye forget the covenant of the Lord your God 
 which he made with you, to make you a graven image 
 or the likeness of any thmg which the Lord thy God hath 
 forhidden thee. For the Lord thy God is a consuming fire. 
 —When yon corrupt yourselves and make a graven Image 
 I call Heaven and Earth to witness against you this day, 
 that ye shall soon utterly perish from off tlie knd wliither 
 ye go over Jordan to possess it. And the Lord God shall 
 scatter you among the nations, and ye shall he left few in 
 number among the heathen, whither the Lord shall lead 
 you. And ye shall sei-ve other Gods, tlie work of men's 
 hands, wood and stone, which neither see, or hear, nor eat, 
 nor smell. But if from thence thou shalt seek the Lord 
 thy God, thou shalt find him, if thou seek him with all 
 thy heart and with all thy soul." 
 
 After this Moses gave them the law, and enumerated 
 many blessings which should he conferred on them in case 
 of their hearkening diUgently to the voice of the Lord, to 
 observe and do his commandments, and then passed on 
 to the extraordinary and dreadful curses which would rest 
 upon them if tliey were disobedient to the heavenly vision. 
 See 29. 10. and following. 
 
 o 
 
 For the fulfilment of the divine commands it was neces- 
 sary to separate them from the rest of the people of the 
 earth; so that their political and religious institutions 
 might be known to the world, and the exclusive nature of 
 their principles. They were thus separated, and enjoyed 
 the privileges of their land through many genera-lens : but 
 
i'l 
 
 17 
 
 ...ey soon fo,g„t ,he covenant of their God and fell into 
 
 1. Ido atry of other nation. About seven hundred yZ 
 
 Wore tl.e ehnsuan era, near the Ume of Salmanaeax, Kin. 
 
 f As.,,™. Isaiah the prophet rose among them and 
 
 delivered from Gel 4is solemn message. ^'The Urd 
 
 sent a word unto Jacob and it lighted „po„ Is J Jj ,^ 
 
 f' rir'i' '"""'-T ^''-'- -' "^^ 
 
 heart r; t" ""' T *" P"""" ""^ ^'<»"'><=- "f 'heir 
 ■cart, the bneks are fallen down but we will build with 
 
 .o«„ stone &c-therefore the Lorf will cu, off from W 
 
 oad^d^l, branch and root, together." Isaiah 9 ^To 
 
 IJ. -0 Assyrian! U.e rod of mine anger: and tl,e Jl 
 
 ^thetr hand is mine indignation. I wSl in^^^ Je 
 
 A Syrian), agamst an hyp<«ritical nation, and lil, 
 
 * P»f of my -ath will I give him a charge, T2 
 
 themrre of the streets." ch. 10.3. 6. In eh Tin 
 2 1~ that he will recover his people from tieir bond: 
 r "'7°'' ^''^'^^ i» -ery place; among othe^Zl 
 f T"'7 '^^«"« "-"di-g to Wh, imLerry rT 
 feed m Uiereceived version, theislandsofthe sr "ITd 
 he shall hft up a signal ,„ tj.e nations, and shall ^al!r 
 
 tlie four e.«remities of the earth ^'"^f^"^^ f™™ 
 
 ■%Hway for the remnan^of ir^^thS'^.r "^.^ 
 Irom Assyi-ia." i'^*^ wm.n shall remain 
 
 Benjamin that adhered faithfully .0 th?h:.:;'Sard. 
 
 c3 * 
 
 I t 
 
 •r 
 
 '•1 
 
 ".1 
 
 . i 
 
le 
 
 H\ 
 
 1 : 
 
 1 ' 
 
 and the other ton tribes usually called Israel, and also 
 Ephraim, who had served another race of kings. The one 
 is described as dispersed among tlie nations in the four 
 comers of the globe, the other as outcasts from the nations. 
 This restoration is said to be accomplished a second time. 
 The first was from Egypt, the second from all parts to 
 which tliey were spread. The places too are designated 
 from whence they shall return, I'rom Assyria and Egypt, 
 where many of the Jews still reside, from different parts of 
 Persia, where are numbers of them, from the provinces of 
 Assyria, and from the western regions. The two tribes of 
 Judah and Benjamin, which are well known to be still 
 dispersed throughout the three quarters of the Globe, are 
 thus distinctly described, together with tlie places in which 
 they will be found ; with whom a part of the tribe of Levi 
 have always been inteiinixed — ^but as for the majority of 
 these privileged people, the nine tribes and the rest of the 
 Levites, generally known by the designation of the ten 
 tribes, although the devout believer in divine revelation 
 has no doubt of their being preseiTed by the sovereign 
 power of God in some unknown region, yet, after the 
 world has been traversed in every possible direction, they 
 have not yet been discovered. The interpretation given 
 by Lowth, who when he >n*ote his translation of Isaiah, 
 had no tiiought of the subject now before us, directs us to 
 look for them in the western region whither they had 
 been cast out. 
 
 The jms sages in Isaiah which have a reference to God's 
 people are numerous, I need not repeat them all, but 
 would refer my reader also to the forty-third chapter at 
 
!l!!l|i| 
 
 19 
 
 ihe bcginnins, "But now ,aitl. the Lord who created thee 
 
 Jaeob, ,ml he who formed thee, O Wl; fe., „„, f„; 
 
 1 have redeemed thee, &c. I„ Is. 49. 12 Uiey are d^ 
 scnbel as r-^ing mom.tain, fi™, far and eomim; from 
 the north and west and other, from the eastern eountry 
 In tl,e book of Ezekiel 37. 16. w„ have thk striking 
 passage, "Moreover, tliou son of man, take thee a stiek 
 a.Kl write upon it, 'forJudah and for4l>eehiIdren of Israel 
 Ins companions." And U.en another stick and write upon 
 "; 7°', ^r^^' *" ''i* of Ephraim and for all the house 
 of Israel, h>s companions.' And the fact has been as the 
 prophet intimated : for at the captivity some of the people 
 ol Israel were intenni.TOd with tl.oso of Judah and taken 
 away with them, while the greater part were carried cap- 
 tive at a different time and placed in a countr to the 
 north of Babylon. 
 
 Tlie return of these tribes has also an allusion to them 
 as a separate people, Zech. 8. 7. -I will save my people 
 torn the east country, from Babylon and Assyria, and 
 from tlie west eoar.try". I should also refer the reader to 
 the 20th. Ezekiel, 35 and following verses, from which it 
 appears, that they will be gathered out of all comitries 
 whither they have wandered, and from a wildern^,s in 
 which God will plead with them, that they will suffer 
 greatly, and yet with reluctance will leave their settle- 
 mem, and their retmn shall be in many respects like that 
 of then: fathers out of Egypt. It is not posdble for Ian- 
 guage to be more clear than is the lavage found in many 
 ol the prophet,, of the finaj mum of these tribes to tlieir 
 former city and country; which language is not confined 
 
20 
 
 Hi 
 
 I 
 
 to the Jews, who arc known still to exist in great num- 
 bers; but equally applies to the Israelites. Ezekii'l 
 writes, "Thus saitli tlie Lord, behold I will take the 
 children of Israel, (these tenns are applied to tlie wh'jlo 
 family of Jacob, ) from among the heatlien, whither they 
 are gone, and will gather them on every sido, and bring 
 them into their own land, and I will make them one 
 nation in the land upon the mountains of Israel, and one 
 king shall be king of them all, and they shall no more hi-. 
 two kingdoms any more at all." Ez. 37. 21. and the 
 following verses. They are especially chai'ged with the 
 sin of drunkenness, of which more will be said hereafter. 
 
 Amos was of tlie ten tribes and delivered his prophecies 
 not long before tlieir banislnnent. There is an extraor- 
 dinary coiTcspondence between his prophetical words and 
 tliose of Esdnis which were historical. He describes the 
 Idolatry of Israel, thus, "Tliey that swear hy the sin3 of 
 Samaria, and say. Thy God, O Dan, Uvetli; and the 
 maimer of Beersheba livetli : even they shall fall." Those 
 two phices were at the extremes of Samaiia, Chap. 8. 1 1 
 and following. "Behold the days come, saith tlie Lord,, 
 tliat I will send a famine on the land — on the tribes of 
 Israel — not a famine of bread, nor a thirst of water; but of 
 hearing tlie word of the Lord. And tliey shall wander 
 from sea to sea and from the north even to tlie east, they 
 shall run to and fro to seek the word of tlie Lord, and 
 shall not find it" Here is a prediction, that in their 
 exile they shall know, that they were blessed with divine 
 communication but have lost it ; which correctly corres- 
 ponds with declarations of ten made by the Indians to the 
 
21 
 
 Kuropeans-that .bey shall rove from sea to sea ami fr„,„ 
 Ih. north even to Ike .„,^tl.e exact course which it will 
 he shew^ they ,ook-fr.„„tl.e MeUitcmu.eun to the easten, 
 occai. and again from tl,e Pacific to the Atlantic Ocean- 
 they shall run to and fro through a large and free space,' 
 they shall rotah, jome just notions of God, ,md seek his 
 wonl from their priests, but shall not find it. In the 15th' 
 U.e,r return is foreU,W. -. J ,,„ bring again the captivity 
 of my people Isra^d to." The spirit of prophecy ba, thus 
 funnshed ua w.th a valuable clue to the discovery of those 
 tnbcs: not m U.eir own land nor soatterc-d amo„. the 
 natton^but pas.sing liom the north to U.e east amrfrom 
 ■sea to sea, roving about; retaining some traditionary 
 
 vewsoffonnertbings, seeking divine communicaU„ns,but 
 ■n vam. When the pages of this volume have been read, 
 then- tradtfons considere.1 and their usages surveyed, it is 
 not too much to say, U.at the tribes of Israel will be 
 ree„gn.sed in A.ue.ica, perishing under tl.e predicted 
 famme ol the wonl. 
 
 The language of prophecy must be acknowledged to be 
 d,(hcult mterpretotion, and it is only where the terms 
 of u do appear to apply clearly .„ any particular case 
 that I should be disposed to attempt its cxpIanaUon. Now 
 some of tlmse of the prophets seem ,„ deserve notice on 
 4e suVct that is before us. Let the reader turn also to 
 tl.e tlnrfeth and thirty-first chapters of Jeremiah, which 
 were written about a hundral and twenty yea., after the 
 e..puls.on of the ten tribes, he will find promises which 
 have notyet been fulfilled, a ..storation in the latter days. 
 Tlicy are called Ephram. my dear Son "upon whom U,c 
 
 i 
 
 f 
 
 ' 
 
 * fell I 
 
 I ) 
 
 mi 
 

 •HE 
 
 
 
 22 
 
 liord will have mercy : he will bring again the captivity of 
 his people and cause them to retmn to the land of their 
 fathers, he will save them from afai-, and gather them from 
 the coasts of the earth, because they called thee an outcast, 
 saying, this is Zion, whom no man seeketh after." He 
 speaks Quisles afar off, which signify.lands beyond sea. 
 See also ch. 16. and Isaiah 18. "Ho, thou land shadow- 
 ing with wings'*— an illusion perhaps to the safety in 
 which the people shall rest in that unmolested coun- 
 try—" which is beyrad the rivers of Ethiopia. Who 
 sendest Embassadoi-s by the sea, oven in vessels of bul- 
 nishes upon the face of die watci-s," a nation expert in 
 navigation. "Go ye swift Messengers to a nation scat- 
 tered and peeled, whose land the rivers have spoiled." 
 Rivers is a prophetic term often used for armies which 
 overflow a country. Verse 7. "At that time shall a pre- 
 sent be brought of a people scattered and peeled &c." 
 
 There are numerous other chaptei-s in the prophets to 
 which die readier might be refeired, which speak of the 
 return of the Israelites, as well as of the Jews, to their 
 own land at a future period, sufficiently plain to convince 
 us, that diey have been kept by the mighty power of God, 
 and still are preserved, against that great day of their sal- 
 vation. But where in all the world can they be found if 
 it be not on the Continent of America ? 
 
 In the forty-ninth chapter of Isaiah, die prophetic lan- 
 guage is of a peculiar cast and although I will not say it 
 distincdy points to a Country and people situated a^ 
 America and its inhabitants are, yet I must not omit 
 directing the attention of my readers to its contents. It 
 
23 
 
 Wgins with on invocation u, tl,e M.^,vl.ich tenn does 
 
 far" n^fl , """ "'"' '""''^" ^' P-P'^' fro™ 
 f • llus ,s the knguage of tl,e people of Wl. "He 
 
 " f ,""•" me, thou a« my servant, O Israel, in whom I 
 
 he tnbes of Jacob, and restoring the preserved of Israel 
 
 . vat.on he deivered .he.n: to the prisoners he wo'uld 
 say. Go forth, and to them that are in darkness shew 
 
 :rxrte:rr™:r-f--'" 
 
 g^ en that should a mother fo-get her suckling child yet 
 L d wUl not forget her, and that the numbers whL 
 
 T etl ,t ■""■"" •'y '^'"<'" "''^ "habitants. 
 
 Then „,,„ .T.e children which thou shalt have, 
 
 * thou hast lost the other."-the race of the Jews 
 
 t 7 f ' '"' "'"'^ '''^*^^" "- I'-Mtes shall 
 .W, . J'T' 'f r ^'^' <■•" - Si- place that I may 
 l»dl Ihen Shalt thou say in thine heart. Who l>ath 
 U^oten me these, seeing I ha,^ Ios.u,y children, and 
 
 " hath brought up d>ese? Behold I was left alone' 
 tee. where have they been?" After which we leam 
 
 ' *e ruhug powers of nations shall be employed to 
 . re t e p. ,e of God, who h.^ been utteriy L of 
 
 La! r f"^*' P«rio<l of their dispersion. 
 "" ^^ '''^P'^'"-^ '«'™ a description of these people in 
 
 m\^ 
 
 i 
 
 i 'i 
 
 3" . - Vu. « 
 
 ill 
 
 
24 
 
 1'- 
 
 
 ! . 
 
 J' 
 
 their outcast banished state claiming the Lord for their 
 God "Doubtless thou art our lather though Abraham be 
 ignorant of us and Isrfi^l acknowledge us not, thou, O 
 Lord, art our father, our redeemer, thy name is from ever- 
 lasting." Here then is a branch unacknowledged by those 
 who have been always acknowledged as Jews, and yet 
 claiming their privileges as descendants of Abraham. 
 When these tribes shall know, from their own traditions or 
 by other means which the Almighty will employ to bring 
 them in, that they are the descendants of the ancient peo- 
 ple of God, this is language befitting their situation : as is 
 also that which follows. "O Lord why hast thou made us 
 to err from thy ways and hardened our hearts from thy fear ? 
 Return for thy servants*sake,the tribes of thine inheritance." 
 
 A violent enmity had subsisted between Judah and 
 Israel ever since the separation of the latter from the 
 family of David — but this enmity is to cease, "The envy 
 of Ephraim shall depart: Ephraim shall not envy Judah 
 and Judah shall not vex Ephraim," This passage assures 
 us of the restoration of Israel. Is. II. 13. 
 
 There is a passage in Hosea 4. 16. which confinns and 
 illustrates the subject. For although the Lord had deter- 
 mined to let them alone for a long period when they were 
 joined with idols; yet it is said "The Lord will feed them 
 as a lamb in a large place." This is a declaration that can- 
 not be said of the Jews — who instead of being treated with 
 the mildness which a lamb requires, have been every where 
 harassed, worried and afflicted ; but of the other tribes, it 
 may be said, that he has fed them with a shepherd's care 
 in a large place. 
 
CHAPTER 111. 
 
 <" 
 
 GENERAL CHARACTER OF THE ORIGINAL AMERICAN 
 
 TRIBES. 
 
 T 
 
 -■- O gire a just description of a people so widely spread 
 <-id divided by thousands of miles from each other, having 
 of course different habits prevaiHng among them, cannot 
 be an easy ta^k; and it is become so much more difficult 
 at the present time, from the great changes which have 
 taken place among them by their alUance with Europeans 
 and their having adopted more or less of their manners! 
 Had these unfortunate outcasts fmm civOized society been 
 favored at the first discovery of then- country with inquisi- 
 tive, learned and disinterested historians, who would have 
 represented their character fairly, we should have seen 
 them in a very different point of light from that in which 
 they now are seen. Some of their customs have appeared 
 barbarous and even brutal to civilized people; yet if 
 compared with the conduct of the nations of the Eastern 
 Comment, the balance would on the whole be in their 
 iaroiir. A great outcry has been made about their thirst 
 
 n 
 
 ii 
 
 5' -fl! 
 
 
 i : i 
 
 i 
 
 i- Mf 
 
 ^ 
 
 • 
 
 
 • »■ 
 
 '■••ifi. i' 
 
 ^Jf 
 
 1 
 
 ! 
 
 ;< 
 
 1 1 ; 
 
 i ■ t 
 
 ■ ■ ■ 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 ii'li 
 
26 
 
 lifif 
 
 ♦frr 
 
 
 
 of blood; but by whom has this outcry been made ? By 
 the very people who in their contests with each other 
 upon that continent have used every means to engage the 
 natives to take part with them, and have encouraged them 
 to fight in their own way, who have furnished them with 
 tomahawks, scalping knives, muskets, powder and ball, 
 and have enflamed their passions to the utmost by spiri- 
 tuous liquors, feasts and harangues, to increase their thu-st 
 of blood and drive them to the destruction even of their 
 own brethren. The Europeans have made them savages 
 and then have called them so. 
 
 "When America was first discovered by Columbus it 
 was peopled by hundreds, probably by thousands of tribes 
 or nations. Their numbers have not been known, nor 
 can they be known at this day. An alphabetical list is 
 given m Pike's Expedition, of the tribes in the North, 
 amounting to one hundred and ninety, each having a 
 Sachem or King over them. The dialects of these na- 
 tions difiered greatly; a circumstance which has often 
 happened among people without education and writing of 
 any kind, separating and Uving at a distance from one 
 another. The Erigas a tribe on the Ohio, who separated 
 from the Tuscororas, are known to have formed a distinct 
 dialect in the course of a few years. 
 
 Dr. Williams, in his history of Vermont, writes: "In 
 whatever manner this part of the earth was peopled, the 
 Indians appear to have been the most ancient or the 
 original men of America. They had spread over the 
 whole continent from the fiftieth degree of north latitude 
 10 the southern extremity of Cape Horn. And these 
 
27 
 
 men eve.y where appear to be the same race or U„J „r 
 people. In every part of the eontinent, they are ,„arked 
 
 withasmuIarityoffeatorBannlo.., „„j ■ 
 
 „f.v,<.™.i ^"^™'»'" and every circumstaiife 
 
 of external appearance." Pedro de Leon, one of the 
 
 conquerors of Pen,, who had tmveUed through n.a.,y 
 pronnces of America, says of the Indians, "The pcopl 
 men and women, although there ^ such a multitude of 
 tnbes or nations, in such diversities of climate, appear 
 nevertheless Id.e the children of one father and moth.." 
 The same tesftmony, of the striking likeness of one with 
 
 ^L7r "^ t""' '" "^ ""y '^ "'«' '>-e visited 
 djfferent tnbes. Bat this remark does not apply ,o the 
 
 Esquimaux, who appear to be a difliaent J;. Those 
 wh.ch are fomid in Labrador, Greenland and round 
 
 S^oyeds and Tamrs, who may have gone over fr„„ 
 he north of Europe to Iceland and thenee u> Greenland 
 and Labnulor These people do not seem to have 
 intermixed with the Indians. 
 
 DuPratz, in hUhistory of I^uisiana, gives an account 
 the nation of the Paducas, west of the Missouri, in 1 724 
 which may furnish a faint idea of the numbers riginully 
 inhabiting this vast mnrin^n. ti ™ feuwuy 
 
 the P.,^L "on'^nt He says "The nation of 
 
 the Paducas is very numerous, extending about two 
 hundred leagues: they have settlements quite close IZ 
 Spamaris of New Mexico. They have laige viZ 
 which are permanent abode,, from which a hundTed 
 
 tock of arrows. The village in which we were consfsted 
 of one hundred and forty huts, containing eight hundred 
 
 t il 
 
 
 M 
 
 li*il 
 
 III] 
 
 
 i ' ^ 
 
 1 f^^l 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 1 
 
 llH 
 
 
 fl' 
 
 \^U 
 
 
 ^" !H 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 .M 
 
38 
 
 1 •"; 
 
 I t 
 
 I, 
 
 ■231 
 
 warriors, fifteen bundi-ed women, and at least two thousand 
 children ; some men having four wives." 
 
 Some writers report the number of the waniors in the 
 state of Virginia to have been fifteen thousand, and their 
 population fifty thousand, each village containing foui-teen 
 thousand souls. From which it is but a moderate 
 estimate to suppose, that there were six hundred thousand 
 fighting men or warriors on this continent at its first 
 discovery. Vaiious estimates of this kind were made by 
 diflTerent persons long time ago, under the direction of the 
 government, and by the Missionaries sent among them. 
 
 Of the Mexican Indians we learn, that according to 
 their account the empire ha/1 not h«.,n of long duration. 
 Their country was rather possessed than peopled by small 
 independent tribes, whose mode of life and manners 
 resembled that of the most rude : that, about the period 
 coiTesponding witli the beginning of the tentli century, 
 many tribes moved in successive emigrations towards the 
 north-west, and settled in what is now called New Spain. 
 These began t» form themselves to the arts of social life. 
 Long after they were united they were unacquainted with 
 regal dominion, and were governed in peace and conducted 
 in war by such as were entitled to pre-eminence by their 
 wisdom or their valour; whose authority centered at last 
 in a single person. From the migration of then- parent 
 tribes they reckoned only about tlu-ee hundred years; 
 from the establishment of the monarchy a hundred and 
 thirty, or two hundred by another computation. 
 
 The colour of tlie Indians, generally speaking, is red, 
 brown or copper colom , difiering according to climate and 
 
39 
 
 to high or W ground. They are umversally attached to 
 their colour, thinkmg it an honourable mark of distinction. 
 They make use of stains, prepared from plants a,,d trees, 
 to deepen it ' 
 
 The powerful operation of heat appears to be the cause 
 which produces the striking varieties in the complexion of 
 men. AU Europe, great part of Asia, and the temperata 
 parts of Afnca. .are inhabited by men of a white cdour. 
 with vanetie, proportioned to the heat: the tonid zone of 
 A noa, and some spots of Asia, are filled with blacVs; the 
 coloui increasing as we advance towards the meridian, and 
 deepemng till it becomes perfectly black. In Africa the 
 colour IS the deepest of aU In consequence of the e=rteneive 
 deserts of sand and the intense burning heat which they 
 mduce. But in America the same phenomena aie not 
 seen; a little difference of colour ia percqitibk as we 
 advaace to the southward, but a striking similarity i, 
 found m the figu,« and general aspect of the jjfle. 
 This differenc-e of the influence of climate In thV two 
 contmentsjs accounted for by Robertson, by "the intense 
 cold which comes from the pole where reposes m eternal 
 body of snow and ice. the influence of which on the 
 .imosphere is not completely overcome eveo when it 
 reachesdiegulf of MeKico." To which may be added^l! 
 cause of the difference, the still defective cultivation of the 
 bH the unmeiise swamps in lie neighbourhood of the 
 great nvers, end the want of the burning sands whkh 
 cover a large part of the other continent I Zohnot 
 
 *o to add the iact of the recent popuinfth: 
 extensive counter by one of the great families of mankind. 
 
 ••11 
 
 l«-Hl 
 
 f i >j 
 
 I i i 
 
 ;-l 
 
 iI'HI 
 
30 
 
 ■fe: 
 
 
 J J,.. 
 
 -fir,. 
 
 The testimony of so great a historian as Robertson on 
 this point we must not omit: excepting tlie Esquimaux 
 and Greenlanders, he says, "Among all the other 
 Americans there is such a striking similitude, in the form 
 of their bodies and qualities of mind, that notwithstanding 
 the diversities occasioned by climate and an unequal 
 progi-essin improvement, we must believe them descended 
 from one scource. Variety of shades, but all one colour; 
 each ti-ibe sometliing to distinguish it, but all certain 
 features common to the race:" after some other remarks 
 he compares them to the rude Tartars, "from whom I 
 suppose them to have sprung." " TJie Esquimaux ^nd the 
 dwellers round Hudson*s Bay, to whom the Greenlanders 
 may be added, are the only people of America that are 
 unlike the main body, and beai- a resemblance to the 
 Europeans. Of the origin of those people we are instructed 
 by Grotius, that "some of tlie Norwegians passed over 
 into Ameiica by way of Greenland." 
 
 Proud of their red colour, to tlie white people the 
 natives give names expressive of contempt: often with great 
 bitterness ihey call them, "the accursed people.'^ It is 
 asserted by Adair, fiom actual observation, that the hotter 
 the country in which they dwell, the deeper is the colour 
 of their bodies. They endeavour every where to cultivate 
 the copper colour, but some are naturally fairer than 
 others. They have a tradition among them, that in the 
 countiy fai- west, from which they came, all the people 
 are of one colour, but they no longer know what that 
 colour was. Europeans have been known to become as 
 deeply coloured as the Indians, by living among them 
 

 '(', 
 
 31 
 
 and using the means they furnished them with, in a very 
 few years. The inliabitants of tJie north are not of so deep 
 a dye as those of the south, a fact which is a^ obsen'able 
 m Europe and Asia as it is in America. 
 
 It is a matter of fact proved by liistorical documents, 
 tliat the Europeans found these people upon tJieir first 
 intimacy kind, hospitable and generous ; wanting nothing 
 themselves, they were ready to communicate of their 
 plenty t» others : but whentlirough a thirst of gam, they 
 were over-reached and betrayed, and their friends and 
 relatives weie stolen away and sold to slavery, an 
 inveterate enmity and a spirit of revenge succeeded to 
 their natural kuidness. The evil passions, cruel conduct, 
 and vicious habits which aftenvards distinguished them, 
 are to be attributed, not to themselves, but to those who 
 forced them into birth: their conquerors raised their 
 jealousy, provoked their free spirit, and funiislied all the 
 means of propagating and spreading the evil. 
 
 Take but the account given by Dr. Robertson of the 
 hostilities carried on in the colony of Virginia. "So 
 much were the natives provoked by tlie conduct of the 
 new settlers who were few and feeble, that they formed 
 the determination to extirpate them. Their attack was 
 conducted with secrecy, the colonists were surprised and a 
 large proportion of them were cut off. In tlieir tnm the 
 sui-vivors waged a destructive war with tlie Indians, and 
 regardless, like the Spaniards, of those principles of faith, 
 honor, and humanity, wluch regulate hostilities among 
 civilized nations, the EngUsh deemed every thing allowable 
 which helped to accomplish their designs. They hunted 
 
 1.1 H 
 
 nil 
 
 I 
 
 > ■ ; 5Bi 
 
 ! i\ 
 
 ; .•■.It' 
 
 I. 
 
 I 
 
 V 1 
 
 
 III 
 
 m 
 
 if 
 
ft:: 
 
 
 33 
 
 the Indians like wild beasts rather than like men ; and 
 as the approach to them in the woods was difficul't and 
 dangerous, they allured them from their fastnessses with 
 offers of peace and promises of oblivion, and with such an 
 artful appearance of sincerity as deceived the Indian 
 chief, and induced them to return in the year 1623 to 
 their former settlements, and resume their peaceful 
 occupations. The behaviour of the two people seemed 
 now to be reversed. The Indians, like men acquainted 
 with the principles of integrity and good faith, confided 
 in the reconciliation and lived in security, without 
 suspicion of danger; while tlie English, with perfidious 
 craft, were preparing to outdo the savages in auelty and 
 revenge. On the approach of harvest, when a hostile 
 attaxik would be most fatal, the English fell on the Indian 
 Plantations, murdered every person of whom they could 
 lay hold, and drove tlie rest into the woods, where great 
 numbers perished through want; and some of the tribes 
 which were nearest the coast were totally extirpated." 
 
 Of the wax in New England, in their first attempt 
 against the Pequod Indians he writes thus : " The Indians 
 had secured their town, which was on a rising ground on 
 a swamp, with pallisades; The New England troops 
 unperceived reached the pallisades ; the barking of a dcj 
 alanned the Indians. In a moment they started to arms^ 
 raised the war-cry and prepared to repel the assaflants! 
 But the English forced their way through into the fort, 
 set fire to the huts which were covered witJi reeds, and 
 confusion and terror soon became general. Many women 
 and children perished in the flames, and the warriors who 
 
33 
 
 endeavoured to escape were either slain by the Englisli or 
 falling into tlie bands of their Indian Allies, were reserved 
 for a more cruel fate. The English resolved to pursue 
 their victory, and bunting the fugitives iroin one place to 
 another, subsequent encounters were scarcely less fatal 
 tlian the first action : and in less than tliroe months the 
 tribe of the Pequods was cxtii-pated." 
 
 He also states "that the inhabitants of the islands 
 resembled very mudi tliose of tlie main land in their 
 appearance and manner of life: but the Carribbees arc 
 said to have been canabals, which charge has also been 
 brought against the inhabitants of Rio Plata." This may 
 be one of the calumnies brought against diem by then- 
 enemies and invaders, to blacken tliem, and give a kind 
 of justification to their own cruel tieatment and plan of 
 extermination, and might arise from the solemn and formal 
 manner in which tliey execute some that have been taken 
 in war, to satisfy the ashes of firiends on whose account 
 the wax had been carried on. 
 
 "Thus die Enghsh stained dieii- laurels by die use 
 they made of victory. Instead of treating the Pequods as 
 an independent people, who made a gallant efibrt to 
 defend die property, the rights, and the freedom of their 
 nation, they retaliated upon them all the barbarities of 
 American war, to which themselves hod first given birth. 
 Some diey massacred in cold blood, others they gave up 
 to be tortured by dieir Indian Allies, a considerable 
 number were sold as slaves in Bermuda, the rest were 
 reduced to servitude among themselves.'* It has been in 
 diis way, it is to be feared, that die larger part of that 
 
 
 > • * i 
 
 I I if 
 
 I 
 
 
 ■ •■■35' 
 
 I^ni 
 
 
 
 

 it 
 
 
 34 
 
 ground on which the Independent States of America arc 
 now boasting of tlieir freedom, was fir«t (obtained from its 
 former owners and finally secured totJic present possessors. 
 If tlie character of the Indians, us originally kind and 
 hospitable, should be doubted by those who would judge 
 of tliem by their more recent circmnstances and conduct- 
 we may go back to the days cf Columbus, and learn whal 
 he thought of them : no one aunly could be a better judge 
 of the native character of that unkno^vn people. In 
 wilting to his master, the King, under whose sanction he 
 maxle his voyage, he says, «I swear to your Majesties, 
 that there is not a better people in the world than these, 
 more affectionate, affable and mild. They love their 
 neighbours as themselves. Their language is the sweetest, 
 the softest and moat cheerJ'ul, for they always speak 
 smiling." 
 
 A venerable old man one day apprt)ached Columbus 
 with great reverence, and presenting him with a basket of 
 Iruit, said, "You are come into these countries with a 
 force against which, wei-e we inclined to resist, resistance 
 would be folly. We are all therefore at your mercy. 
 But il you are men, subject to mortality like ourselves, 
 you cannot be unapprised, that after this life there is' 
 another, wherein a very different portion is allotted to 
 good and bad men. If therefore you expect to die, and 
 beheve with us, that every one is to be rewarded in a 
 future state, according to his conduct in the present, you 
 wiU do no hurt to those who do none to you." 
 ^ De Las Casas, Bishop of Chapia, who spent much 
 tunc and labour among the ^ndians of New Spain, writes 
 
 ^i^'ji'i. 
 
^w 
 
 35 
 
 "I was one of the first who went to America, ncithe- 
 curiosity nor interest prompted me to undertake so long 
 and so danjerous a voyage. The saving the souls of the 
 heathen was my sole object It was said, that barbarous 
 executions were necessary to punish or check the rebellion 
 of the Americans. But to whom was this owing? Did 
 not this people receive the Spaniards who first came 
 among them with gentleness and humanity? Did they 
 not shew more joy in proportion, in lavishing treasure 
 upon them, than the Spaniards did greediness in receiving 
 it? Though they gave up to us their lands and riches, we 
 would also take from them their wives, their children, 
 and their liberty. To blacken the character of these 
 unhappy people, their enemies «8sert that they are scarcely 
 human beings. But it is we i;'ho ought to blusli, for 
 having been less men and more barbarous than they. 
 They are represented as a stupid peopje and addicted to 
 vice. But they have contracted most of their vices from 
 the examples of christians. The Indians stili remain 
 untainted by many vices usual among Europeans, such 
 as ambition, blasphemy, swearing, treachery, which have 
 not taken place among them. They have scarcely an 
 idea of these, &c."~«imilar representations are gjven by 
 Spaniards rho hrJ the earliest opportunites of knowing 
 these people, although it has ever been a subject of deep 
 regret that the public authorities who were sent out by 
 the Spanish Government, and even many of the priests 
 who accompanied them, made it a business to vilify these 
 poor creatures, and represent them as fit only to be 
 employed as beasts of burden. 
 
 '%ilil 
 
 *,II, 
 
 I ii 
 
 ^■;: 
 
 .:( 
 
 t ; 
 
 1 
 
 ?j :Svl : 
 
 1 , 
 
 "1" 
 
 11 
 
 H I 
 
 m\ 
 
36 
 
 
 ■•-r 
 . ..J 
 
 ' ■ ..J 
 ■ •'j 
 
 I -J 
 
 k 
 
 In a sermon which was preached at Plymouth, in the 
 year 1620, by tlie Rev. Mr. Cushman, tlie following 
 remarks are found : "The Indians are said to be the most 
 cruel and treaxjherous people, even like lions, but to us 
 they hare been like lambs; so kind, so submissive, so 
 trusty, as a man may truly say, many christians are not 
 so kind and sincere. Though when we first came into 
 this country we were few, many of us very sick and many 
 died by reason of the wet and cold, it being the depth of 
 winter, and we having no house or shelter, yet when tliere 
 were not six able persons among us, and the Indians came 
 daily to us by hundreds with their Sachems or Kings, and 
 might in one hour have made dispatch of us, yet they 
 never offered us tlie least injury in word or deed.'* 
 
 Many are the authorities which might be quoted to 
 shew the simplicity, amial jeness, and excellence of tlie 
 character these people manifested upon the first settlement 
 of the Europeans on the eastern coast of North America, 
 and in many parts where they were rot provoked to 
 desperation for a century afterwards; but, as much has 
 been written as is necessary for the purpose that is now 
 before us. One quotation more will carry our views into 
 the back settlements, where we shall find tribes of people 
 bearing the same characteristics. Father Charlevoix 
 travelled at an early period and sjient a long time among 
 them, traversing the country from Quebac to New Orleans, 
 and had no object in view but to study and improve the 
 character of his hosts. He \^ rites of tliem thus; 
 
 "With a mien and apj>earance altogether savaj?e, and 
 with manners and cu?t )ms which savour of the greatest 
 
 1 
 
37 
 
 barl>arity, tliey enjoy the advantages of society. At first 
 new one would imagine them without form of govern 
 ment, laws or subordination, and subject to the wildest 
 caprice. Nevertheless they rarely deviate from certain 
 maxims and usages fomided on good sense alone, which 
 holds the place of law and supphes in some sort the want 
 of legal authority. They manifest much stability in the 
 engagements they have solemnly entered into ; patience 
 in afflicfaon, as well as submission to what they apprehend 
 to be the appointment of providence. In all this they 
 inamfest a nobleness of soul and constancy of mind at 
 which we rarely arrive, with all our philosophy and reli- 
 gion. They axe slaves neither to ambition nor interest, the 
 two passions which have so much weakened in us the 
 sentiments of humanity, and kindled those of covetous- 
 ness, which are as yet generally unknown to them." 
 
 "What surprises exceedingly in men whose outward 
 appearance proclaims nothing but barbarity is, to see them 
 behave to each other with a kindness that is rarely met 
 withm civihzed nations, a natural and imaffected gravity 
 which reigns in all their behaviour and even in their' 
 diversions; especially the deference tliat is alwaj^s shewn 
 by young people to tiie aged: and never to see 
 them quaireUng or using those indecent expressions, 
 those oaths and curses, so common in most communities." 
 I^u Prat^ says of them, ^^I have attentively considered 
 the«. Indians a long time, and never found or heard of 
 any disputes or boxings with eiAer boys or men " I„ 
 short, says Boudlnct, '<to make a brief portrait of these 
 people, with a savago appearance, manners and customs. 
 
 Hi 
 
 I! 
 
 ^;m 
 
 111 
 
 Ul 1 
 
 U ft 1 
 
 :!■; : i 1 
 
 .15 ; ! ; 
 
38 
 
 
 
 1.7; 
 
 
 which ure entirely barbarous, there is observable among 
 them a social kindness, free from almost all the imperfec- 
 tions which so often distm-b the peace of a civil society. 
 They appear to be without passion, but sometimes do that 
 in cold blood, and even through principle, which unbridled 
 jjassion produces in those who give no ear to reason. We 
 discover in them a mixture of the fiercest and most 
 gentle manners: the imperfections of wild beasts and the 
 virtues of the heart and mind which do the greatest honour 
 to human nature." 
 
 "The nearer view we take of our savages, the more we 
 discover in them some valuable qualities. The chief part 
 of the principles by which they regulate their conduct, the 
 general maxims by which they govern themselves, and the 
 bottom of their characters have nothing appearing bar- 
 barous. The ideas, though now quite confused, which 
 they have retained of a first Being ; the traces though 
 almost effaced of a religious worship, which they appear for- 
 merly to have rendered to the Supreme Deity, and the faint 
 marks which we observe even in their most indifferent 
 actions of the ancient belief and the primitive relioion, 
 may bring them more easily than we think of into the 
 way of truth, and make their conversion to Christianity 
 more easily to be affected than that of more civihzed nations." 
 
 Accounts very similar to these, representing the natives 
 as amiable and highly estimable, are also given by Du 
 Pratzin his history of Louisiana, and by Mr. Bartram, son 
 of John Bartram, Esq. Botanist to Queen Caroline, who 
 visited the Creek nation inhabiting the vast territory of 
 East and West Florida. 
 
39 
 
 Such are some of the ideas of the Indian chai-acter on 
 the amval of the Europeans among them, before they 
 were debauched and demoralised by an acquaintance with 
 those who pretended to be their benefactors, in communi- 
 catmg to them the glad tidings of salvation by Christ Jesn« 
 Such is the testimony of the best writers on different parts 
 of that continent, acquainted with different nations from 
 North to South. It is given generally in the authors' own 
 words, lest their meaning should be misrepresented. It 
 must be confessed however that this is the fairest part of 
 their character while at home and among friends: and it 
 IS a perfectly just one. 
 
 The chief and favorite object of their attention was 
 onginally hunting, in which sport they have been reduced 
 to narrow limits, by the continual encroachments of the 
 new settlers, and the building of towns amidst their ongi- 
 nally wild and spacious woods. Large tracts yet remain 
 open to them in many parts, but in general the remains 
 of the old inhabitants have fallen by degrees into a state 
 of partial cultivation, and have learned to depend more 
 than formerly on the labour of their hands. In relation to 
 their ancient sports we must speak of them as in tunes gone 
 by. They are thus described. 
 
 Their haughty tempers will not condescend to labour: 
 this they leave to the women. Their appearance is there- 
 fore solemn, except when tiiey divert themselves with their 
 principle amusements, dancing and gaining. Li war. 
 and when opposed to an enemy they are cruel and 
 revengeful. They make war with unrelenting fury on the 
 least unattoned affront. They kill and destroy their ene- 
 
 E 2 
 
 
 ■ mill 
 
 1 -i 
 
 
 
 
 ; 1 
 
 ! i 
 
 ll 
 
 iiU 
 
 i'i ! 
 
40 
 
 I* 
 t 
 
 ' 
 
 .1 
 
 SM- 
 
 
 mies without regret To be a warrior is the highest object 
 of their ambition. In their enmities they are bitter, and 
 to avenge the blood of a kinsman they will travel hun- 
 dreds of miles and cherish anger in their breasts for many 
 years. ITiey are anxious to carry home trophies of then- 
 success in war, but not so savage as that early nation of 
 which we read in the 1 Samuel 18, 25 and 27, nor 
 observing their hideous custom ; they have from some source 
 unknown adopted the less savage one referred to by David, 
 in his holy anger against his enemies, whom he always 
 designated, the enemies of God: they scalp the slain, as 
 some Asiatics have done, contrary to the usage of all 
 other savage tribes. David speaks of the hoary scalp of 
 his enemies. 
 
 Before going to war, all that are able to walk and the 
 old men borne by others, assemble in a grove or other place 
 made sacred, and offer up prayer to the Great Spirit for 
 success against their enemies. One of the old men 
 addresses the assembly and recommends valour, and plac- 
 ing confidence in the giver of life. We are also tcJd by 
 Hunter, that a day seldom passes with an elderly Indian, 
 or others esteemed wise and good, in which a blessing is 
 not asked of Hun and thanks rendered for his mercies. 
 On occasion of an epidemic malady such meetings are 
 also held, they are told that it is an infliction from the 
 Great Spirit for some wilful offences, they are charged to 
 repent, to ask for pardon and to amend their lives, all 
 amusements cease and both private vnd public fasting 
 is enjoined. 
 
 They usually attack with a hideous yell, so as to make 
 
41 
 
 tie woods to ring; the horror of which the ablest troops 
 can scarcely withsUnd »vho have not expectr-' such a 
 reception. To women and children whom they take pri- 
 soners they are kind, and remarkable for the tenderness 
 and delicacy with which they treat the former. To such 
 prisoners as they, by certain rules, doom to death, they 
 are insulting, cruel, and ferocious, and their women are 
 ingenious in the science of tormenting them. But history 
 will furnish us instances too numerous of cruelties among 
 civilised Europeans, which neither savages nor even can- 
 ibals can exceed ; and there are instances on record of the 
 behaviour of EngUshmen towards those very people, cruel, 
 revengeful and detestable in the extreme. If 1 do not 
 attempt to justify the severities of the Indians, I must con- 
 ceal from the eye of my readers facts which glare upon 
 my sight in the history of my countrymen with the 
 appalling look of a hyaena. 
 
 How much have men at all times, when they have laid 
 aside the feeUngs of humanity and engaged in deadly 
 warfare, how much have they regarded their fellow men 
 with an eye of envy, of hatred, and of detestation ! 
 How much have they thought no cruelty too great to exer- 
 cise towards them, let England in the times of persecution 
 speak, let the history of protestantism and of Catholicism 
 almost equally declare, let Indians contending with Euro- 
 peans, let Europeans invading the peaceful shores of the 
 Atlantic and the burning sands of Africa also testify! 
 —nay— let the sacred historj; vouch, when it writes of 
 these very people under the conduo* of a king and tlie 
 instructions^of the Priests of the Lord, that they did not 
 
 £3 
 
 
 :fcji 
 
 Wi'li^i 
 
 ,,. . , ! 
 
 »jj|j! j 
 
43 
 
 tr«-3 
 
 .-|:» 
 
 in 
 
 
 
 V"' 
 
 then discover a better spirit than the forlorn wanderers in 
 the wilds of America. See 2 Chron. 28. 5. and many 
 other places ! ! 
 
 When a whole people change from a settled to a wan- 
 dering state, especially if they remove from aJl connexion 
 and intercourse with civilized comitries, they must neces- 
 sarily accommodate their actions to their pressing wants 
 and necessities. Their usages will change with tlieir cir- 
 cumstances. If before their emigration they had my 
 knowledge of the arts and sciences, although this would 
 enable them to exercise ingenuity and method in provid- 
 ing for their wants; yet, as they separated and colonized 
 in different parts, this knowledge might gradually be lost, 
 and little known of it but by tradition, except so far as 
 should be kept alive by their actual wants. 
 
 It is well known that the people of Israel were never a 
 scientific nor a mechanical people: the arts of life were 
 earned on by their ovm households to supply their wants : 
 they were their own millers, and weavers, and taylors, and 
 carpenters. The Abbe Fleury, in his account of the 
 Ancient Israelites, shews them to have been a people 
 with comparatively little of civilised life known among 
 them. They could scarcely be more polished by the 
 event of the captivity; on the contrary their state would 
 become worse; and during that penod in which the Baby- 
 lonian and Median Empires were striving for master}^ 
 when the Persians spread their arms through all the east,' 
 and then too when the Macedonian crushed them all 
 under his sceptre, very little progress could be made in 
 the improvement of life, especially by a class of men so 
 
43 
 
 c^cumstanced as the captives were. I„ truth such was 
 U>e.r condition that they had eveiy thing u> gain and 
 I-ttle to ,o,e, when the opportunity of escape presented 
 uself, and a new and promising scene opeued before the.n 
 through the reports of tmveUers, perhaps son:e en.eT,risim, 
 men of the.r own nation, and they heari of a Country 
 la-Se, nch and destitute of population, a still better 
 Ci^an wh,ch they had only to seet a«d to possess. 
 
 rhe Indians are perfect repubfccans and will admit of 
 no mequaluy except what arises iiom age or wisdom, for 
 
 cplme and perfect subordination to their chief and to the 
 officers who are chosen f.™„ the experience they have 
 had m «-ar, the management they have shewn in sm^ris- 
 uig an enemy or their wisdom in council. Thevr are 
 dmded into tribes, and subject to a chief chosen Iron, the 
 wst and bravest of them, and march under an ensign 
 bearmg the figure of the anim^ they have selected to dis- 
 imgmsh them. 
 
 Every nation has its standard and every tribe its own 
 badge or symbol. When they ««amp, they cut the tepre- 
 sentat-on of their ensign on ti,e trees, by which U is k„L 
 who have been ther^ I„ u-eati^ ^ „ ^ 
 
 ^Lance tl^ Sachem m.es the mark of his tribe, the 
 %ure of the ^imal, upon the tr«.ty. as a co^K-n^ion does 
 ■t^pubhc seal. So among the Jews, tl.e iiTwas the 
 .ymbolof the tribe of Judah, the serpent of Dan, Z 
 wo If ot Betyamin &c But to no animals whatever do h 
 Indians pay any religious respect. 
 Their leader is assisted by a council of old, wise and 
 
 ' i: 
 
 1,5 
 
 
 M. 
 
 ■t. 
 
 *? 
 
 
 m:i' 
 
 H 
 
 f: 
 
44 
 
 
 
 J I; 
 
 beloved men. Nothing is resolved upon but in this coun- 
 cil where every one has an equal voice. The chief is 
 seated in the middle, and his council on each hand form- 
 ing a semicircle, the manner in which the Jewish Sanhe- 
 drim sat before them. The seriousness and extreme 
 gravit^' which they observe, both old and young, in every 
 affair of business was observed by Penn in his treaties 
 with them, and by many others who had the opportunity 
 of being present in their consultations. They could not 
 but admire the great reverence in which their aged and 
 beloved men, as they call them, were held and the perfect 
 submission with which their advice was received. These 
 men are generally poorer than the rest of the tribe : 
 tliey usually give away the presents and the plunder 
 which they obtain, so as to leave nothing for themselves. 
 No kind of salary of stipend is annexed to any pubHc 
 office, to tempt the covetous or the sordid ; and their 
 authority resting on the esteem of the people, it ceases the 
 moment that esteem is lost An old Mohawk Sachem, 
 says one of their historians, in a poor blanket and a dirty 
 shirt, may be seen issuing his orders, with aji authority 
 as arbitrary as a Roman Dictator. 
 
 Time is reckoned after the manner of the Hebrews. 
 They distinguish the spring, summer, autumn and winter. 
 The latter is called Korah by the Cherokees as by the 
 Hebrews. The years are numbered by one of its divisions 
 for they have no name for a year. Like the Israelites 
 they fount the year by months or moons. They divide 
 the day like them by the sun coming out, midday, and 
 the sun being dead ; they also speak of the midnight and 
 
46 
 
 the cockcrowing. Their ecclesiastical year begins with 
 the new moon of the vernal equinox, according to mosaic 
 instruction. To the first appearance of every new moon 
 they pay great regard, and name the seasons from the 
 planting and ripening of the fruit. The green-eared 
 moon is the most sacred, when the first fruits are sancti- 
 fied by being oflfered up. 
 
 When they travel they count their time according to 
 the ancient method by sleeps or more properly by nights, 
 making the evening and the morning the first day, and 
 so on. 
 
 The number and regular period of the Indian religious 
 feasts, as will be seen hereafter, is a fair historical proof 
 that they counted time and observed a weekly sabbath, 
 long after their arrival on the American Continent: for 
 the remark applies to all the nations. Before the seventy 
 years' captivity the L-aelites, as stated by Prideaux, had 
 names for only two of their months, the one, the equiiioc- 
 tial, Abid, signifying a green ear of com; the other 
 Ethaniam, robust. By the first of these the Indians call 
 their passover, as an explicative, which the trading people 
 call, the Green-Corn Dance. 
 
 One of the Missionaries, being in the Creek nation on 
 a sabbath day, observed a great solemnity in the town and 
 a remarkable silence andretirednessofthe red inhabitants. 
 Few of them were to be seen, their doors were shut and 
 the children kept within. He asked the meaning of it 
 and was answered, that being the white man's sabbath, 
 they kept it religiously sacred to the Great Spirit. 
 
 Boudinot being present himself on the Lord's Day at 
 
 
 l 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 1 
 
 
 1! 
 
 'f 
 
 ! 
 
 
 l\ 
 
 i 
 
46 
 
 
 I* 
 4 8; 
 
 the worship of seven diflerent nations who happened to be 
 at the seat of government, was pleased to see their orderly 
 conduct. They were addressed with great energy hy an 
 old Sachem ; and an Inteqireter being present informed 
 hhnthat he had given an animated representation to his 
 audience, of the love the Great Spirit had always mani- 
 fested towards the Indians, more tlian to any other people, 
 that tliey were in an especial manner under his govern- 
 ment and immediate direction : that it was therefore the 
 least return they could make for so much goodness, grate- 
 fully to acknowledge his favour, and be obedient to his 
 laws, to do his \vill, and to avoid every thing that was evil 
 and of course displeasmg to him. 
 
 Just before the service began, he observed an Indian 
 standing at a window, looking into a small field adjoming 
 the house, where many white children were playing with 
 the Indian children and making much noise. The Indian 
 seemed displeased and expressed himself so, lamenting 
 the sad state of those white children, whom he called, 
 destitute orphans. He was asked "why he thought them 
 orphans when they were not so." The Indian with earnest- 
 ness replied — "la not this die day on which you told me 
 the white people worship the Great Spirit? and if so, surely 
 these children, if they had parents or any persons to take 
 care of them, would not be suffered to be out there, play- 
 ing and making such a noise. No ! No ! they have lost their 
 fathers and their mothers, and have no one to take care of 
 them." With so much seriousness did he consider the busi- 
 ness of a day devoted to religious worship. 
 
 Much might be said of their perfect subordination and 
 
47 
 
 great skill in coiul acting war, wliicli would throw conside. 
 rable light upon the character of this people, but as tliis 
 would leml us into too wide a field and embrace much which 
 IS not directly subservient to the object in view, it shall be 
 passed over in silence. One subject however must be touch- 
 ed upon. When they detennine upon war or hunting 
 they have preparatory religious ceremonies for purification, 
 similar to those of the Israelites; evidently regarding the 
 danger of losing their lives in these encounters, and the 
 necessity of preparing for such awful event Great how- 
 ever has been their secrecy in keeping their religious rites 
 from the knowledge of the white people; and therefore 
 mistakes have been made in the description given of those 
 ntes. The following account of them seems to be admitted 
 by the best evidence that ha« been obtained. 
 
 "In case of an expectation of going to war, he who has 
 the command fasts several days, besmeared with black and 
 holding no conversation with any one: he invokes the 
 Great Spirit by day and by night, and is careful to observe 
 his dreams. The fast being over he assembles his friends 
 and with a string of wampum in his hand he addresses 
 them-" Brethren, the Great Spirit authorises my senti- 
 ments and inspires me with what I am to do. The blood 
 
 of is not wiped away, his body is not covered, and I 
 
 will acquit myself of this duty towaixls him." Such is 
 Charlevoix's account, that of M'Kenzie of another tribe, 
 and at a later time, is this : 
 
 "If the tribes are called upon to go to war, the elders 
 convene the people to obtain their opinion, they publish 
 their intention to smoke in the sacred stem, a pipe, at a 
 
 ii 
 
 \H 
 
48 
 
 
 '.u 
 
 ' '.I 
 
 
 certain time. To this polemnitj meditation and tasting are 
 required as preparatory ceremonials. WLen assembled 
 and the meeting is sanctified by smoking, in imitation 
 perliajjs of the incense of the Jews, tlie measures projwaed 
 are discussed. Tlie chief then invites those who will 
 follow him to smoke out of the sacred stem, as a sign of 
 enrolment A feast ensues with much seriousness and 
 ceremony, after which the chief turning towards the east 
 explains more fully the design of their meeting, and cun- 
 cludes wdth an acknowledgment for past mercies, and a 
 prayer for the continuance of them from the master of 
 life. He then sits down, and the whole company declare 
 their approbation by uttering the word Ho -n a lioarse 
 guttural voice. Tlie chief then goes round with the pij j 
 from east to west to every one present, and the ceremony 
 concludes.'* 
 
 These practices remind us of the instructions of the 
 Jewish ritual, the purifications and sanctifying of indivi- 
 duals about to undertake important offices. 
 
 The Israelites humbled th^nselves and fasted in dust 
 and ashes, the Indian besmears himself in token of 
 humility. 
 
 Similar accounts are given by Adair and others, who 
 state that, besides the fasting observed on these occasions 
 tiiey drink freely of a solution of bitter herbs which they 
 call purifying, bek)ved physic, the effect of which is strong- 
 ly purgative and offensive to the taste: and so observant 
 are they of these old established customs, that they will 
 not suffer any one, although engaged in the war with them, 
 to enter their camp or have intercou:se of any kind with 
 
49 
 
 them until he had undergone the piuifying rites. This 
 also savours of Ilchrew manners. Dent. 23. 9. &c. 
 
 A friend just returned from Canada, brought with hira 
 a string of s^ -t pieces of an extremely bitter root which 
 was given liim as a matter of great favor by a chiel with 
 whom he was intimate. He described this root to possess 
 great virtue. It is probably the casava, of which they 
 make the bitter purifying liquor; the taste of it is extremely 
 nauseous. Bitter herbs. Num. 9. 11. 
 
 The Hebrews carried to the wars with them an Ark 
 or Chest. "And it came to pass when the Ark set 
 forward, Moses said. Rise up Lord and let thine enemies 
 be scattered and let them that hate thee flee '' ?fore thee." 
 And when it rested he said, "Return O Lord unto the 
 many thousands of Israel." Num. 10. 35. "They pre- 
 sumed to go up unto the top of the hill, but the Ark of 
 the covenant and Moses departed not from the camp." 14, 
 44. The Israelites were then smitten and d-,comfitted! 
 See also 1 Chron. 15. 12. 
 
 In this Ark the ephod was kept, and by it Dav-'d 
 enquired of the Lord, 1 Sam 23. 9. The person who 
 earned it was anointed with holy oil and was called, the 
 anointed for the war. How the answer was obtained it is 
 difficult for us to say: but we learn thai, before the temple 
 wa. built this mode of asking council of Gc 1 was frequent; 
 liiere is no instance recorded of it during the time of the 
 first temple. The Jews tell us, that during the tabernacle 
 Cxod spake by Urim and Tlmmim, under the first temple 
 by the prophets, and under the second by a voice from 
 the cloud. 
 
 t 
 
 1) i 
 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 : 
 
 i 
 
 ft 
 
 'M 
 
 »-. ' 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 ^) 
 
 
 m 
 
 " i 
 
 Ifijii 
 
 1 ;;; 
 
 
 M]': '' 
 
 
 1 
 1 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 m\ 
 
50 
 
 ■fe 
 
 'u3 
 
 
 a 
 
 -Vl 
 
 *«»i 
 
 The Indians have also an ark or chest which is canied 
 with them to the wars of simple construction, only worthy 
 of notice on account of the use that is made of it, about 
 half the dimensions of the Jewish ark, carried by the leader 
 himself or a beloved waiter who undergo a more severe 
 purification than the rest, the one being Priest of war, the 
 other helper to cany the ark while they are engaged in 
 fighting. Consecrated vessels of antiquatc. forms are 
 contained in the chest. 
 
 In the Percy Anecdotes is an account of an old Indian 
 who was made prisoner when warring against another 
 tribe. He assigned as the reason of his misfortune "that 
 lie had forfeited the protection of the divine power hy some 
 impurity, when carrying the holy ark of war against his 
 devoted enemy." Which was a recognition of a God and 
 his providence, and of the sanctity of the ark and the 
 required purity of him that bore it. 
 
 It is never placed on the ground : where stones are 
 plenty they heap them up and place it on them ; but 
 where there are no stones they have short logs of wood or 
 a kind of tripod or three legged stool on which the ark and 
 themselves may rest. Such was the pedestal on which the 
 .fewish ark was placed. In the power and holiness of 
 tliis-ark they have a strong faith. It is deemed sacred; 
 and no one, not even their own sanctified warriors, are 
 pcimitted to touch it. No one may on any account med- 
 die with it except the war chieftain ajid his waiter, under 
 tlie penalty of great evil. Nor would the most inveterate 
 ■nipuiy among their own people touch it in the woods, 
 ilnoiigh the same impression of its sanctity. Here may 
 
51 
 
 a striking comparison be made bet^veen these simple but 
 saperatitious people and the Hebrews before them— a 
 comparison which will not hold with any other known 
 nation of the earth: under this divine banner they carry on 
 the wars. 
 
 This ark or chest appears to have dee:enerated with sonic 
 of the smaller tribes into a sack. They carry with them 
 in their war a kind of sack which contains their holy things, 
 which they believe to have some secret virtue; and which 
 is held in the same reverence as the ark of the other 
 nations: this the conquerors would by no means touch if 
 left on the field of battle. 
 
 The women are expected to take upon themselves all the 
 household work-the me- resemng themselves for war or 
 for the chase. The wc ...n ^re treated with respect so 
 long as they conduct themselves with propriety, and the 
 greatest decorum is observed on all occasions ^- /ards them. 
 E 'en to female prisoners no violence is ever offered : not 
 the least indecency : their persons are sacred. But we are 
 told on the authority of a Spanish Priest, that on the 
 Oronoko if a woman is caught in the act of adultery, she 
 IS stoned to death before an assembly of the people, after 
 the manner of tlie ancient Jews. 
 
 Another oustom of the women must not be past over in 
 sUence. They obHge them in their lunai- visitations to 
 retire to a small hut at a distance from their dwelling 
 houses, and there to remain, at the risk of their lives, a 
 time that is thought sufficient. The general prevalence 
 of this custom has been well established. See 15 ch. Lev : 
 
 A young woman, at the first change of frame, separates 
 
 f2 
 
 
 i ! 
 
 'll' 
 
52 
 
 
 '•0 
 
 
 
 herself from the rest in a distant hut and remains there for 
 seven days or longer if necessary. Her food is brought to 
 her by a person who may not touch her ; nor may she 
 touch her food with her hands. When tb <i days are ended 
 she baths herself in water, washes her clothes and cleanses 
 the vessels she has made use of: the wooden ones she 
 cleans with hot lye made with wood ashes, those of earth 
 or iron she passes through the fire. She then returns to 
 her father's house and is thought fit for marriage ; but not 
 before. Same chapter. 
 
 In some places a v/oman dehvered of a child is separat- 
 ed in like manner for three moons or eighty-four days. 
 By the levitical law a woman was to be separated and 
 unclean forty days for a male child and eighty for a female. 
 From no known law but this could the Indians have 
 adopted a custom so strange, and especially since some of 
 them observe a like distinction between the male and the 
 female children. Leviticus 12. 2. 
 
 The ordinary character of the young women, in their first 
 intercourses with Europeans, was that they were modest 
 in their deportment and strictly virtuous: both young and 
 old were highly oflfended at any indecent actions or even 
 expressions: they were neat and clean. But there are 
 two vices before which female modesty prostrates itself 
 and is abandoned — drinking and gaming, the former of 
 these has been the bane of the Indian women, as it has been 
 the deadly plague of the Indian men. 
 
 While engaged in war, the Indians will not cohabit 
 with their women ; they rehgiously abstain from every 
 kind of intercourse, even with their own wives, for the 
 
 swan's wi] 
 
! M 
 
 53 
 
 space of three days before they go to war, and also after 
 their return home ; because they are to sanctify themselves 
 from all that has been wrong during the war. So Joshua 
 commanded the Israelites, the night before they marched, 
 to sanctify themselves by washing their clothes, avoiding 
 all impurities and abstaining from all matrimonial inter- 
 course: and so, Uriah, when called home by his licentious 
 master, in order that he might, by intercourse with Bath- 
 sheba, hide the crime to which he had invited her, declined 
 going into his house, and partaking of family delights 
 while the ark of the Lord was in the camp and the war 
 unfinished. And when the Indians return home victo- 
 rious, they sing the triumphant song of Y. O. He. wah. 
 ascribing the victory, as the Israelites did, not to their 
 swords or arrows or to themselves, but to the Great 
 Being. 
 
 When about to make peace, an embassy approaches the 
 town, and a messenger is sent ahead to inform the enemy 
 of their pacific intentions. He carries in his hajid 5 
 swan's wing painted with streaks of white clay, the emblem 
 of a peaceful embassy. The next day they enter the 
 beloved square, when their chief taking the lead is met by 
 one of the old beloved men of the place. They approach 
 in a bowing posture. The one asks. Are you come as a 
 friend in the fiame of the Great Spirit P To which the 
 other replies. The Great Spirit is with me, I am come a 
 ft^nd in his name. The beloved man then grasps the 
 stranger with both his hands, around the wrist of his right 
 hand whf^h holds some green branches, then again about 
 the elbow, then about the arm close to the shoulder as a 
 
 F3 
 
 li ■: 
 
 mil' 
 
 *ii'! 
 
 .: 
 
 1 
 
 * 
 i 
 
 ■ I 
 
 
 ! 
 
 
 i 
 
 ; ' 
 
 ; 1 
 
 ^ - : 
 
 
 i' 
 
 1 
 
54 
 
 
 
 ■ ■ .1 
 
 
 
 near approach to the heart. He then waves an eagle's tail 
 over the stranger's head, the pledge of good faith. This 
 ceremony was observed between General "Washington, and 
 an embassy from the Creek nation in the year 1789. The 
 common metliod of greeting each otlier is similar to the 
 above. The host asks, ^re you a friend P The guest 
 replies. I am come in the name of O. E. A. or Ye ho wah. 
 
 These people are said to be extremely kind and affec- 
 tionate to one another, always sharing among tliem what- 
 ever is given, and hospitable to strangers who visit them, 
 giving them always the first piece of their victuals. 
 
 They are not only religiously attached to their tribe 
 while living, but the bodies of the dead, especially their 
 bones, are the objects of their solicitous cai-e. The fune- 
 ral rites which they observe shew that tliey have some 
 notion of a future state of existence, and even of the rising 
 of the body. They make a large round hole in which the 
 body can be placed upright or upon its haunches, and 
 placing the body in it, witli the face towards the east, 
 cover it over with what will support the earth above it and 
 raise over it a little tumulus : the corpse is dressed in its best 
 apparel, and near it ai-e laid what was thought valuable 
 and esteemed by the dead; if a warrior, his bows, arrows, 
 hatchet or the like. 
 
 So free are these peoi)le from the spirit of covetousness, 
 that to repress it in case of death, they burn all the Uttle 
 property an Indian has at the time of his death, or bury 
 it with him in his gi'ave. 
 
 Among the Indians of Canada when a person expires, 
 tlie house is filled with mournful cries, friends are invited 
 
66 
 
 to lament with them, and these manifestations of giief are 
 kept up as long as the expence can be borne. In some 
 nations tlie relatives fast to the end of the faueral with 
 tears and cries, and in others there are women whose busi- 
 ness it is to undertake tlie office of weeping and waihng, 
 and who go ^ from house to house to relieve the family of 
 tlie painful task— they sing, dance, and shed tears, always 
 keeping time to their vocal strains. See Jeremiah 9. 17. 
 " Consider ye and call for the mourning women, and send 
 for cunning women that they may come, for a voice of 
 wailing is heard." Some of tlicse women liave acquired the 
 art of shedding tears at will, and tJiey are much esteem- 
 ed on tliese melancholy occasions. Those who have 
 sought a resemblance between these Americans and the 
 Hebrews, have not failed to notice in many different parts 
 these cases of resemblance wliich support their opinion, 
 finding tliem much resembling theirs. The Jews buried 
 tlieir dead in tombs hewn out of the rock, in which they 
 were placed in an upright position, and often property 
 valued by them was buried in tlisir tombs. 
 
 llie Southerns wash and anoint the corjise and take it 
 out placing it opposite to tlie door, in a sitting posture: 
 They tlien carry it several tunes round the house in which 
 It is to be interred ; for sometimes they bury it in the house 
 and under the bed. In this procession the religious man, 
 the Patriarcli of the family goes before the corjjse, saying 
 in eadi round Yah then Ho which is sung out by all the 
 company, he then shouts out He which is also sung by 
 the rest, and all conclude by striking off witli Wah in 
 solemn chorus : which united sounds form the Tetragram- 
 
 i- Mi 
 %: iM 
 
 * I 
 
 1. 
 
 *^u 
 
 1 
 
 
 mnii 
 
 '■ * 
 
86 
 
 «l: 
 
 irr' 
 
 ij 
 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 maton, or four lettered name of God, sacred among the 
 Jews. Of which we must here observe, diat the Hebrews 
 are not permitted on any solemn occasion to utter this 
 word ; and that these Indians who certainly do use it, and in 
 many parts are well known to use it, do so, not as an entire 
 word, but by the sound of the letters apart and in the regu- 
 lar order which composed the sacred word. In the Chok- 
 taw nation and in several others they also distinctly sing 
 Hal-le4u-yah, intermixed with their lamentations. The 
 account given of their funeral rites are much the same as 
 those before mentioned. 
 
 The graves of the dea<l are :,.i sacred among them that 
 to profane them is tlie greatest act of hostility that can 
 be committed against a nation ; and they will not suffer a 
 white man to be buried m the same ground with their own 
 people; deeming it criminal, and believing that the spirits 
 of the dead would haunt their houses and bring misfor- 
 tunes on their families. 
 
 If any die at a distance from home and they are not 
 pursued by an enemy, they place the corpse on a scaffold^ 
 secured from beasts and fowls of prey, and when the flesh 
 is consumed and the bones dry they take them home and 
 solemnly inter them. 
 
 The Indians on the Juniata and Susquehannah rivers, 
 placed their dead on covered cribs made for the purpose, 
 till the flesh consumed away. At the proper time they 
 gathered the bones, scraped and washed them and then 
 buried them with great solemnity. And there is a tribe 
 called Nanticotes, who on their removal from an old to a 
 new town, cany the bones of their ancestors with them. 
 
fi7 
 
 which was also kno^vn to prevail in some cases among the 
 Canada Indians. Joshua 24. 32. 2. Sam. 21. 13. 
 
 Thus the Hebrews often gathered together the bones 
 and deposited them in the tombs of their fathers. So 
 Jacob charged his son to do after his death, and he buried 
 him with his fathers in the cave in which his parents lay: 
 and so Moses when he departed from Egypt took the bones 
 of Joseph with hun. The Jews buried neai- their cities and 
 sometimes opposite their houses, implying a silent lesson 
 of friendship and a lesson to live well. Tliey buried 
 families together, but strangers apart by themselves. 
 
 A respectable Clergyman, who preached to the Indians, 
 was once present when news was brought to an aged 
 woman of her sou's sudden death by an accident. She 
 retired to a distance and sat down on the ground, her female 
 friends followed her and sat around her in a circle. 
 They continued long in a melancholy silence, uttering 
 only now and then a deep groan. All at once the mother 
 put her hand to her mouth, and fell with her face to the 
 ground, tlie others did the same, making melancholy and 
 dismal yells and groanings. Thus they continuetl for 
 some time with their hands on their mouths and their 
 mouths in the dust. The men retired to a distance and 
 went through the same ceremony. Need the reader be 
 reminded of the relation which we have of Job and his 
 friends. 21, 5; 29, 9; 40, 4. Micah 7, 16. Lara. 3, 29. 
 Prov. 30. 32. and other places. 
 
 By the Mosaic law a surviving brother was commanded 
 to take the widow to wife if she had no child, and raise up 
 seed unto his brother. The design of which law was 
 
 
 <fein 
 
 i 
 

 1 "• 
 
 .'S-' 
 
 I'" 
 
 r - 
 
 ii 
 
 •1 
 
 I 
 
 68 
 
 doubtless, to preserve the families entire, and that the 
 mhentance of each might descend to the family. The 
 children of the la^vful wife had a right to the inheritance, 
 and If the husband died before she had children, the 
 brother, bemgthe nearest relative was appointed to be the 
 father of the heir at law. Ruth. 4, 10. Deut, 25, 5. 
 
 The Indian customs resemble this. A widow is bound by 
 a strict law or custom to mourn the death of her husband 
 for the space of three or fouryears. But if it be known that 
 the elder brother of her deceased husband has lain with her 
 she ,s exempt from the law of mourning, has liberty to 
 tie up her hair and anoint and paint herself; which she 
 could not otherwise do without being treated as an 
 adulteress. 
 
 Women have in no comitry nor at any period of time 
 been treated with the regard and kmdness they have 
 expenenced in Europe of late years. In eastern countries 
 they were formerly bought, and wherever this mode of 
 obtaming wives has prevailed then- condition has been 
 depressed ; they have become the property and the slaves 
 of the husbands. In this way were Rachel and Leaii 
 obtamed: and in many paits of America the marriage 
 contract IS a purchase, if not of money, of an equivalent. 
 The smtor devotes his serice for a certain time to the 
 parent of the maiden he courts, by hnnting with him, culti- 
 vating his ground, forming his canoes or by other presents 
 which are useful or rare. Their women are seldom pro- 
 liiic: excessive fatigue, together with the want and distress 
 often incident upon savage life, the custom of suckling 
 then- childi-en for many years, and it has been said the 
 
 destroyi 
 
 number 
 
 This; 
 
 generally 
 
 manners 
 
 separatic 
 
 is given 
 
 ceremon 
 
 takes pla 
 
 is an evf 
 
 In ma 
 
 are founc 
 
 nal and 
 
 avenger < 
 
 writes. 
 
 the Cree 
 
 sacred to 
 
 blood spi! 
 
 are excei 
 
 refuge so 
 
 privilege 
 
 allow bin: 
 
 The to 
 
 stream of 
 
 tected SO] 
 
 wamor in 
 
 after some 
 
 to his hoi 
 
 chiefs toll 
 
 obliged t 
 
69 
 
 aestroying of children when ,hey exceed a convement 
 
 number, make the famUics small. 
 
 This mode of obtaiiiing a wife which is found to pievail 
 generally m the North, savours much of Israehtish 
 manners; as does also their plan of divorce : for where a 
 sepamtion is desired, there is no wrangling about it, notice 
 IS given to the relations and the reasons assigned, httlc 
 ceremony follows, no ill wiU ja expressed and the divorce 
 takes place. L.t hUn give her a bill «/ Ji^^, Th;, 
 13 an event by no means common. Deut 24 3 
 
 In maay places in which these Indians aie s^ttl«J, there 
 are fomid among them places of refuge to which a crimi- 
 nal and even a captive may fly, and be safe from the 
 
 ZZ 1.U '" "" "" '"' ^'"^' "• *^'- B-tl-m, 
 
 he Creek nation. This is esteemed the mother town 
 
 *^cred to peace: no captives are put to death or human 
 
 ood spilthere." Adair states that altho- th. Chereke" 
 «e exceedingly corrupted, still they observe the law of 
 refuge so inviolably, that chey allow their beloved IZt^l 
 pnnl^ of protecting even a murderer, but they sddl 
 allow him to return from it in safety. 
 
 The town of refuge called Choate, is situated on a kme 
 ::::7 -^"-^ ^-^W*- ^ere an Englishman wL^ 
 
 wamoi m defence of his property. He told Adair that 
 afte.. some months stay in that town he proposed reltg 
 
 li Jd'h t "":r *^ -8'"'o»hood: but th! 
 cnefs told him it would prove fatal to him. He was 
 "Wiged to remain there until he had found means to 
 
 «- 
 
 ( i 
 
 ^'V I i 
 
 K:) 
 
1 
 
 ■■•■I 
 
 •a} 
 
 
 ' -^ 
 
 
 GO 
 
 satisfy the friends of the deceased by presents. In the 
 upper country, there is also an old toM-n, now reduced to 
 a village, which is still a place of safety for these w ho kill 
 others undesignedly, and in most other parts such spots 
 still remain, in which no one was ever known to be put 
 to death, though in their modem degeneracy they have 
 sometimes driven persons out of them that they might be 
 put to death elsewhere. Deut 19, 2. 
 
 The Jewish law, Num. 35. 18. commanded that the 
 murderer shall be put to death. The Avenger of blood 
 shall slay the murderer; when he meeteth him, he shall 
 slay him — but the same severe law provided a chance of 
 escape. Cities of refuge were chosen in dillerent and dis- 
 tant parts to which the murderer could fly and be secure. 
 Numbers 35. 9. and following. So with the Indians, the 
 nearest relative of a murdered man is bound to seek 
 revenge and in general nothing but blood can atone for 
 blood that was shed : nor is there any chance of a mur- 
 derer shunning the fatal blow but by securing a retreat in 
 one of their peaceful towns — where he is condemned to 
 pass the remainder of his miserable life, to meditate on the 
 evil he has committed and by repentance obtain the 
 Almighty's pardon, while that of man is never vouch- 
 safed to him. 
 
 " At the present day we can scarcely form an opinion 
 of what these American Indians were when first discover- 
 ed by the Europeans, They who see those i^eople now, ' 
 especially those who are near the new settlements and 
 hold intercourse with the inhabitants, find them abandoned 
 to all sorts of crime, mean, debased and gTovelling, full of 
 
 deceit ; 
 
 diseases 
 
 and es] 
 
 unknow 
 
 unniodc 
 
 moral c 
 
 importai 
 
 Cliuviblj 
 
 people. 
 
 yours. 
 
 us that 
 
 owing to 
 
 frequent 
 
 this, wh 
 
 up to tl 
 
 more of 
 
 any toler 
 
 although 
 
 mands of 
 
 "The 
 
 glory and 
 
 from the 
 
 their beio 
 
 ditions ai 
 
 genei-atioi 
 
 their wan 
 
 society, w 
 
 condition 
 
 without re 
 
 »nd uiiivt 
 
61 
 
 <l<Jceit and looking out for vengeance. Rv oppression 
 (hscases and wars brought on them by thJ new comers' 
 and especially by the free use of si.irituous liquors,' 
 unknown to them m their pure state, of which tliey are' 
 immoderately fond, they have sadly degenerated in'their 
 moral character, and lost that sense of dignity and self 
 importance which they formerly possessed. An old 
 Cliavibbee, at an. early day, thus addressed one of our 
 people. "Our people arc become almost as bad as 
 yours. We are so much altered since you came among 
 us that we hardly know ourselves; and we think it is 
 owing to so melancholy a change that hurricanes are more 
 frequent than formerly. It is an evil spirit that has done 
 this, who has taken our best lands from us, and given us 
 up to the dominion of Christians." Losing more and 
 more of their old manners, they cannot at this time give 
 any tolerable account of their religious rites and customs; 
 although strongly attached to them as the express com- 
 mands of the Great Spirit to their forefathers." 
 
 "The very ancient men who have witnessed the fonner 
 glory and prosperity of their nation, or who have heard 
 <rom the mouths of their ancestors, and -especially from 
 their beloved men, whose office it is to keep alive their tra- 
 ditions and laws and. make them known to the rising 
 generation, the fonner state of the country, the prowess of 
 their vvaniors in old time and the peace and happiness of 
 society, weep like infants when they speak of the fallen 
 condition of the people. But this giief is not alio^^ether 
 wuhout rel-.ef ; for they have a prophecy, of ancient origin 
 »nd umversal cuiTency among them, that the man of 
 
 a 
 
 
63 
 
 
 k 
 
 ' -1 
 
 
 
 America, will, at a future c'ly, regain his ancient ascen- 
 dency, and expel tii? mu a of Europe from this western 
 hemisphere. This ' iHevii ♦persuasion has enabled their 
 prophets to arrest in so. .v tribes the use of intoxicating 
 liquors, ard has givo.i outii to attempts for a general con- 
 federacy of the Indians of North America." 
 
 Boudinot infonns us he was present at a dinner given 
 to some Indians in 1789 at New York, who had corae 
 there on a mission. Before dinner some of the Sachems 
 with the Chief man were standing in the balcony looking 
 at the city and harbour. They seemed dejected, especi- 
 ally the Cliief. General Knox took notice of it and said, 
 "Brother, what has happened to you, you look sad. Is 
 there any thing to distress you.?" He made answer. "I'll 
 tell you, brother. 1 have been looking at your beautiful 
 city, the great water, your fine country, and see how happy 
 you all are. But then I could not help thinking, that 
 this fine Country and this great water was on 2 ours. 
 Our Ancestors lived here — they enjoyed it as their own 
 in peace ; it was the gift of the Great Spirit to them and 
 to their children. At last the white people came here 
 in a great canoe. They asked only- to leV them tie it to a 
 tree, lest the waters should carry it away. We consented. 
 They then said some of the people were sick, and they 
 jisked permission to land them and put them under the 
 shade of the trees. The ice then came and they could 
 not go away. Then they begged a piece of land to build 
 wigwams for the winter ; we granted it to them. They 
 asked for some corn to keep them from starving; we 
 iririrllv furnished it to them; they promising 1 7 go away 
 
 when the 
 them the 
 
 I 
 
 pointed t} 
 would sta 
 
 • 
 
 Afternard 
 
 intoxicath 
 
 became ve 
 
 land. Fii 
 
 the wilder 
 
 oysters: tl 
 
 wasted awi 
 
 while you 
 
 This make! 
 
 They hi 
 
 of spirituoi 
 
 doubt they 
 
 them ; and 
 
 late treaties 
 
 brought int 
 
 traders are i 
 
 what they d( 
 
 Two young t 
 
 ca spirits int 
 
 who imraedi 
 
 and let the 1; 
 
 This was a 
 
 their fondnes 
 
 tasting it, no 
 
 "ig the whole 
 
 In the thii 
 
 '.y^ 
 
63 
 
 when the ice was gone. When this happened we told 
 them they must now go with their big canoes; but rhev 
 pointed theirbigguns round their wigwams, and said they 
 would stay there and we could not make them go away 
 Aftern-ai^s others came. They brought spirituo.u. and 
 mtoxicatmg liquors with them, of which the Indian, 
 became very fond„ They persuaded us ta s.11 them .ome 
 land. Finally A,ey drove us back from ^me to time i«to 
 the wilderness far from the water, aM th^ fish, and the 
 oysters: they have destroyed our game; our people have 
 wasted away, and now wo Kve miserable and wretched 
 while you are enjoying our fine and beautiful country. 
 Th^makes me sorry. Brother, and I cannot help it.- 
 
 They have above all things regretted the introduction 
 of spirituous liquors among them, which with reason no 
 aoubt they regard as the greatest evil that has befallen 
 them ; and the first and most decisive article in all their 
 ate treaties has been, that there shall not be any of it 
 brought into their towns or sold to their people. The 
 traders are allowed to carry enough for their ovm use, and 
 what they do not consume must be thrown on the ground, 
 wo young traders were met carrying forty kegs of Jamai- 
 oaspmts into the Creek country by some of the natives, 
 who immediately struck their tomahawks into every keg 
 ^id let the liquor run out, without drinking a drop of it. 
 ihjswas a great instance of self denial; for it is said, 
 heir fondness for it is so great, that, had they indulged in 
 tasting ,t, nothing could have prevented them from drini- 
 »'g the whole of it. 
 In the third report of the United Missionary Society it 
 
 ti2 
 
 i 
 
 \ 
 
 1 1 
 
 YStfWL'.'J^ i^ 
 
 tii^v--#^^^ 
 
64 
 
 
 
 '.V 
 
 ''S 
 
 ''*»»J 
 
 is stated, "that the aged men, on hearing the children 
 repeat, the instructions given iheui in the school, were 
 much pleased and said; "Now this is good talk. It 
 resemblet.' the talk which the old people used to make to 
 us when V7e were little children ; but alas ! the wicked 
 white men have rooted it out of our nation. We are glad 
 the Great Spirit has sent these good Missionaries to h.ing 
 it back to us again." 
 
 After some Missionaries had made known the object 
 of their visit, tlie aged wife of one of their chiefs who was 
 present made the following remark. " We have always 
 understood, that at some time good people are to come, 
 and teach us the right way; how do we know but these 
 are those good people come to teach us ?" 
 
 
 
 Wi 
 
 HE] 
 
 shores and 
 
 of it, he Wi 
 
 manners. 
 
 he had me 
 
 any nation 
 
 of native 
 
 nated with 
 
 friends in 
 
 countenanc 
 
 children ha 
 
 would thin] 
 
 London, wl 
 
 "They ^ 
 
 their arms a 
 
 of highly p( 
 
 coasts. Tl 
 
 bauds rouni 
 
CHAPTER IV. 
 
 OF RELIGION AND RELIGIOUS RITES. 
 
 Wi 
 
 HEN Mr. Penn had landed on the Americim 
 shores and hi^d held his first intercourse with the Natives 
 of it, he was exceedingly struck with their appearance and 
 manners. He found them very different from any people 
 he had met with any where else, and thought them \uilike 
 any nation he had read of. He saw them in their state 
 of native purity, undehased hy slavery and uncontami- 
 nated with the vices of Europeans. In a letter to his 
 friends in England he wrote, "I fburid them with 
 countenances much hke the Jewish race; and their 
 children have so lively a resemhlance of them, that a man 
 would think himself in Duke's Place or Berry Street, in 
 London, when he seeth them." 
 
 "They wore ear-rings and nose jewels; bracelets on 
 their arms and legs, rings on their fingers, necklaces made 
 of highly polished shells found in their rivers and on their 
 coasts. The females tied u^> their hair behind, worked 
 bands round their heads, and ornamented them with shells 
 
 g3 
 
 
 
 P 
 
 !?■;: 
 
66 
 
 
 '0 
 
 ■►•.J 
 
 ■'*«»j 
 
 and feathers, and wore strings of beads round several parts 
 of their bodies. Round their mocasins they had shells 
 and turkey spurs, to tinkle like little bells as they walked." 
 Of these things we read among the fantastic peculiarities 
 of the Hebrew women in the days of their degeneracy, Isa. 
 3, 18. "In that day the Lord will take away the bravery 
 of their tinkling ornaments about their feet, and their caul« 
 and their round tires Hke the moon : the chains and the 
 bracelets and the muflers: the bonnets and the ornaments 
 of tlie legs, and the hand-bands, and the tablets, and the 
 ear-rings : the rings and the nose j ewels." " The common 
 dress was a flannel garment or mantle ornamented on the 
 upper edge by a nanwv strip of fur, and at the lower edge 
 by fringes or tassels. Over this, which reached below the 
 knee, was worn a small cloak of the same materials, like- 
 \Nise fringed at the lower part;" which reminds us of the 
 fringes and tassels worn by the Jews on their garments. 
 They were then in the careful observance of certain reli- 
 gious feasts, which bore a remarkable likeness to those of 
 the ancient Hebrews. Indeed many of the early visitors 
 of this hitherto unknown country and most of the serious 
 and intelligent part of the settlers, who paid attention to the 
 people and to their customs, both S})uniards and English- 
 men, made tlieir re aarks upon the general likeness they 
 bore to the Jews, vithnri unfortunately entering farther 
 into the que; uon, of lue 4aarter fiom whence they sprang. 
 Speaking ■■ i" religion. Father Charlevoix observes. 
 "Nothing hv.4 vindergoue more sudden, frequent and sur- 
 jM-ising revc'ctions, iuan religion. When once men have 
 abandoned the '>ii\y triye one, they soon loose sight of it, 
 
67 
 
 and find themselves entangled in such a labyrinth of inco- 
 herent errors, inconsistencies and contradictions, that there 
 often remains not the smallest clue to lead us back to the 
 truth. The Buccaniers of St. Domingo, who professed to 
 be christians, but who had no intercourse except with one 
 another, in less than thirty years, through the want of 
 religious worship, instruction and an authority that might 
 keep them to their duty, had lost all marks of Christianity 
 except baptism alone Had those people continued only 
 to the third generation, their grard- cliildren would have 
 been as vo^I of Christianity as the inhabitants of Temi- 
 Austrahs, or New Guinea. They might, possibly, have 
 preserved some ceremonies, the meaning and origin ol" 
 which they could not explain.'* 
 
 The Israelites were carried captive about seven hundred 
 years before the Christian era, and may have remained 
 under the controul of their conquerors for two or uiiee 
 liundred years. We shall in a future chapter encpiire 
 about what period their escape from Media may have been 
 n-compHshed; out, making every allowance that time and 
 circumstances seem to require, it must luive been nearly 
 two thousand years after that escape, that these numerous 
 and singrj.T tribes were discovered on the American 
 Continent What surprising changes may not have taken 
 plaf -nong them, or many parts of them, during that 
 lo'i^term of years! Without government, without laws, 
 ^vi.hout any head but the head of the family, or of a small 
 ass„v:..ied tribe, or any will but that of the patriarchal 
 IneC; with an unlimited range over an immense continent, 
 nch in natural Produce, and abounding in Game and 
 
 
 II 
 
 *t 
 
 i 
 
 , I 
 
 i I 
 
 
 
68 
 
 '4 [ 
 
 li 
 
 '•0 
 ■ ..I 
 
 -lit. 
 
 in wild Animals of various kinds; with more food at 
 their command than many years could consume, and the 
 I)rospect of their provision multiplying rather than dimi- 
 nishing ; numberless will have been the modifications of 
 character which they assumed, and incalculable the dis- 
 tance — I mean in manners and in thoughts — from which 
 families and tribes will have receeded from one another. 
 And yet these wandering tribes of Indians, spreading 
 during the space of two thousand years, over an extent of 
 country ninety degrees in length with a proportionate 
 spread, have preserved so many essential parts of an 
 original plan of divine worship, and so many primitive 
 doctrines, as to satisfy enquirers, that they have descend- 
 ed from one family, and to point us with a sufficient 
 clearness to that family ; while yet they have almost, and 
 in some parts wholly, forgotten their meaning and tiieir 
 end. 
 
 It has been no uncommon thing for ignorant people to 
 charge them with being idolaters ; the occasion of which 
 charge is well explained. Good men, from a want of the 
 knowledge of their language, and from an intimacy with 
 the most worthless of them, residing near the European 
 settlements, without making any allowance for situation 
 and circumstances, have given terrific accounts of these 
 children of nature. Some zealous and pious men, deeply 
 aflfected with a sense of what they considered their unhap- 
 py state, have i -ne ii'to the woods to them, to preach the 
 Gospel, without a preparatory education for so important 
 an undertaking; without understanding their language 
 well, and knowing their customs, habits and prejudices. 
 
69 
 
 • Among some of these peoi)le it has hecn said there was 
 a talk of many Gods; yet to this was added the declara- 
 tion, that there is one gi-eat and good God, who is over all 
 the rest: by the many gods may he meant the lesser spi- 
 rits or angels, in which they all l)elieve. 
 
 To persons so ignorant of what they ought first to have 
 known, and trusting to a heathen interpreter who was 
 unable to feel or express the nature of spiritual things, and 
 (laving to deal with a jealous and artful people, rendered 
 so by a suficring experience of more than a centurv, hv 
 imposition and oppression, what may we inuigine would 
 hajipen, but that they should be despised by the Indians, 
 and then made a butt of to laugh at and to frighten. They 
 have dressed themselves, for the sake of a ftolie, in a ter- 
 rific manner, and made frightful images, with extravagant 
 emblems about them, to alarm the weak minds of the 
 white people of whom they thought but lightlj'. 
 
 It is a well known fact that a jn-eacher of this insignifi- 
 cant class went among them before the revolutionary war, 
 and in his discourse began to tell them; "that there is a 
 God who created all things; that it is exceedingly sinful 
 and offensive to him, to get drunk, or lie or steal : which 
 they should carefully avoid." They answered him. " Go 
 about your business, you fool ! Do not we know there is 
 a God as well as you ! Go to your own peojile and preach 
 to them; for who gets drunk, and lies and steals more 
 than you, white people ?" Indeed, if the Indians form 
 their ideas of us from the common traders and land s])ecu- 
 lators, and common people, with whom alone they associ- 
 ate, they will not run into a greater error than the 
 
 , ^3|ij 
 
 
 IT: ■ 
 

 •14, J 
 
 
 70 
 
 Europeans do, when they fonn their ideas of the character 
 of Indians, from those that keep about the settlements 
 and tralfic with the frontier inhabitants. 
 
 Respectable as the character of Robertson is generally 
 as a historian, he appears to have been deceived by the 
 Spanish Writers to whom he trusted, though not impli- 
 citly. In his account of the Mexican religion there is 
 much truth, mixed, as it appears from more recent investi- 
 gation, with much en-or. 
 
 "Among the Mexicans religion was formed into a 
 regular system, with a complete train of priests, temples 
 victims and festivals. From the genius of their religion 
 we may form a just conclusion with respect to its influence 
 on the character of the people. The aspect of supersti- 
 tion was with them gloomy and attrocious ; its divinities 
 clothed with terror and delighting in vengeance : they 
 were exhibited under detestable fonns which created hor- 
 ror. The figures of serpents, vipers, and other destructive 
 anunals decorated their temples : fear was the only prin- 
 ciple which inspired their votaries ; fasts, mortifications 
 and penance were employed to appease the wrath of their 
 Gods, and the Mexicans never approached their altars but 
 with blood sprinkled upon them from their own bodies. 
 Human sacrifices were deemed most acceptable; every 
 captive in war was devoted as a victim, and sacrificed with 
 rites no less solemn than cruel. The head and the heart 
 were the portions consecrated to the Gods : the warriors 
 who had made the prisoners, carried off the bodies to feast 
 upon them with theh- friends. The Spirit of the Mexi- 
 cans was therefore unfeeUng, and the genius of their reli- 
 
71 
 
 gion so far counteracted the influence of policy and the 
 arts, that, notwithstanding their progress in both, their 
 manners, instead of softening, became more fierce." 
 
 "In Peru, the whole system of civil policy is founded 
 on religion. The Inca is not only a legislator but the 
 messenger of heaven : his precepts are not received as the 
 mjunctions of a superior but as the mandates of a God : 
 his race is held sacred and not inteimixed with mean 
 blood : he is the child of the Sun, and is deemed under 
 the protection of the deity from whom he descended : his 
 power is absolute, and all crimes committed against him 
 are violations of heaven's decrees. The genius of religion 
 was with the Peruvians quite opposite to that of the Mex- 
 icans. The Sun, the great source of light and joy and fer- 
 tilityin the creation, attracted their principal homage ; the 
 noon and stars, co-operating, were entitled to secondaiy 
 lonours." So the commands of Moses were those of God. 
 "There were no imaginary beings in Peru presiding over 
 lature to occasion gloom ; but real objects, mild and gene- 
 •ous, made their religion gentle and kind. They offered 
 to the sun part of those productions which his genial 
 warmth had called forth from the bosom of the earth and 
 reared to maturity. These people never stained their 
 altars with himian blood, but were formed to mildness by 
 correcting all that is adverse to gentleness of character." 
 Here is a thread of Persian theology woven into the the- 
 ocracy of Israel. As their ancestors caught the Egyp- 
 tian distemper, which burst out in the golden calf; so a 
 ^ribe or family of the Israelites blended the Persian fire 
 n their worship. 
 
 r. 
 I- 
 
 Htl:| 
 
72 
 
 in' 
 
 .In 
 
 .•••I 
 
 
 IT 
 
 I.'. '■ 
 
 ;?i: 
 
 'I'he Indians are filled with a spiritual pride, cspcciallv 
 
 their chief and best men. They consider themselves under 
 
 a theocracy, and that the Great Spirit wlH)m they worship 
 
 is in an especial manner their governor and head. They 
 
 pay their worship, as Mr. Adair assures ' us, and he lind 
 
 the best opportunity of knowing, to the Great, nenoficeut, 
 
 Supreme, Holy Spirit of Fire, who resides above the 
 
 clouds, and on earth with unpolluted, holy peo])le. Some 
 
 Spanish writers on their first amval among them declared, 
 
 that i^' .Mexico they paid adoration to images or dead 
 
 •S 
 persons, or to the celestial luminaries or to evil Spirits • 
 
 but Adair assures us, that the charge is totally false, 
 
 although .it may not have appeared to them alto'^'^ether 
 
 gioundless. 
 
 Their religious ceremonies api)roa<h much nearer to 
 the Mosaic than to Pagan institutions, but it is c-sy for 
 observers to be deceived in these. Mistakes, and they very 
 great, have arisen from the difficulty of a stranger obtain- 
 ing correct infomiation from a peoj)le who are jealous of 
 the object of his encpiiry, and extremely secretin perform- 
 ing their religious duties; and from the well known 
 mischievous designs or avaricious views of strangers. A 
 man wdio becomes a historian, if he be of a narrow mind and 
 contracted view of things, delights in the marvellous, and 
 makes up strange stories to answer private, puqioses or 
 cover base designs: which has been fully exemplified in 
 the false and base . accounts which have been published 
 by Spaniards of the inhabitants of Mexico. 
 
 Adair assures us,, that from the experience of forty- 
 year* he can say, tliat none of the many nations frorc 
 
73 
 
 Hudson's Bay to the Missisippi, have ever been kiiown to 
 attempt the foniiation ol" any image of the Great Spirit. 
 Yet they ai'e all a very religious people, and devout in 
 their worship. They never attempt to divine from any 
 thing but from dreams ; which proceeds from a tradition, that 
 their ancestors received knowledge of future events from 
 heaven through this medium. Job 4. 12. 33. 15. and 
 other places. 
 
 "The great temple at Mexico was a solid mass of earth 
 in a square fonn, fo,ced partly with stone. Its base on 
 each side extended ninety feet, and decreased gradually as 
 it advanced in height, terminating in a quadrangle of about 
 thirty feet, where they placed a shrine of the Deity and 
 two altars on which victims were sacrificed. All the other 
 temples in New Spain resembled this." It is to be wished 
 that Robertson who gives us this account had stated, what 
 he meant by the shrine of the Deity. It may have been 
 no other than the holy place, containing the holy thuigs, 
 which I have hereafter to describe, but which the Spa- 
 niards would convert into a proof of idolatry. On these 
 points he seems to have had his thoughts completely per- 
 verted by the authorities in which he placed too much con- 
 lidencc. If his information was correct, and we ai'e not 
 authorised to say it was not, we are to regard this elevated 
 plot of ground as a copy of the high places on which the 
 inhabitiuits of Caiiaan worshipped their Gods; those of 
 Diin and Bethel on which the calves of Rehoboam were 
 placed ; and others on which Baal — the Sun — was worship- 
 jted. 13 ut we are also to recollect, that the temple of Jeru- 
 salem stood on the highest ground, and, like the heathen 
 
 ;i2)fi 
 
 mi I 
 
 ( ■ 
 
 f t 
 
 f! I 
 
Hi; 
 .5? 
 
 *} 
 
 .< 
 
 'S 
 
 ■.^1 
 
 
 ill 
 
 I : 
 
 74 
 
 toiui)lcs, was can-icd up as near the sky as could be. 
 Du Pratz was intimately acquainted with the guar- 
 dians of the temple of a nation near the Missisippi, and, 
 rerpiesting to be informed of the natureof their worship, he 
 was told, that they acknowledged a Sui)reme Being whom 
 they call the Great Spirit, or the Spirit infinitely Great, 
 or the Spirit by way of excellence. The guardian said, 
 "the Great Spirit is so great and powerful, that in compa- 
 rison of him, all other things are as nothing; he made all 
 that we see, all that we can see, and all that we cannot see. 
 lie is so good that he cannot do ill to any one, even if he 
 had a mind to do it. Tlie Great Spirit made all things by his 
 will ; nevertheless, the little spirits, who are his servants, 
 Piay ^y his orders have made many excellent things in the 
 universe, which we admire; hut God himself fonned man by 
 Jjis own hands. The little spirits are free servants, always 
 before him, and ready to execute his pleasure with an ex- 
 treme diUgence. The air is filled with other spirits, some 
 ;; )od, some wicked; the latter have a chief who is more 
 wicked than all the rest. The Great Si)irit had found 
 him so wicked, that he had bound him for ever, so that 
 the other spirits of the air no longer did so much harm." 
 On being asked, how man was made? he answered. 
 "That God kneaded some clay and made it into a little 
 man ; after examining it and finding it well formed, he 
 biew on his work, and the little man had life, grew, acted, 
 and walked." Of the woman he said, "j)robably she wa,^ 
 made in the same manner as the man, but their ancient 
 speech n^ade no mention of any difll-rence, only that the 
 nv,m was made first." 
 
76 
 
 Hunter's Namilive was written, in 1.823, under circum- 
 stances peculiarly striking. He was taken by the Tnilians 
 when a child and brought up by them. He jloeis not 
 appear t<) have enterUiined any thought as to their origin 
 or that of their reUgious opinions ; but states many liuts 
 which clearly prove the point with us at issue. "It is cer- 
 tain that they all acknowledge one Supreme, all powerful 
 and intelhgent Being, the Great Spirit, the giver of life. 
 They beheve thut he often held council and smoked witli 
 their red men in ancient times, and gave them laws ; but 
 that in consequence of their disobedience, he withdrew 
 from them and abandoned them to the vexations of the 
 bad spirit, who had been instrumeii* d of all thtir degene- 
 racy and sufferhigs.'" See page 25 and 26. "'J'hey 
 believe him always present with them, and still loving tliose 
 that pray to him and are thankful; they oHer their devo- 
 tions to him for preserving them and supplying their 
 wants ; and you then would witness the silent but .leep 
 impressive connnunication the native of the forest holds 
 with his Creator." 
 
 Accounts very similar to these of the Northern Indians, 
 are also given of the Araucanians and the inhabitants oi' 
 Chili, whose history was written by Alonzo de Ericilla. 
 They have the same traditions which prevail over North 
 America, or very similar to them, they entertain tlie same 
 views of God, and have the same religious customs. 
 
 In the South there are several instances ol" the theo- 
 cratic form of government, in which despotism is concealed 
 under the appearance of a gentle and patriarchal govern- 
 ment. That of Zac, which comjirised the kingdom of New 
 
 h2 
 
 ■ ij ■ I 
 
 4:, 
 
 ■'••^ 
 
 y^ 
 
 I 
 
 5F' 
 
 t 
 
 11 
 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 i.l 
 
 ^6 |3L2 
 ■^ ■i.s 
 
 ||||25 
 1 2.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 
 1.25 
 
 1.4 
 
 1.6 
 
 — 
 
 
 ^ 6" — 
 
 
 ^ — ► 
 
 V] 
 
 <^ 
 
 /}. 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 '^■ 
 
 
 /A 
 
 
 O 
 
 7 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 4^ 
 
 r^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^'. 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^\ 
 
 
 
 6^ 
 
 % 
 
 n? 
 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, NY. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-45 '3 
 
>^. 
 
 <Sf 
 
 Ifi 
 
 w. 
 
 .6> 
 
 6^ 
 
 f> 
 
it 
 
 i! 
 
 %. 
 
 
 •in' 
 
 ;. I 
 
 'i,' 
 M 
 
 76 
 
 Grenada, was founded by a mysterious personage called 
 Bochira, who, according to tradition Kved in the temple of 
 the Sun at Sogamoza two thousand years ago. The 
 people are called Moscas. Sogamoza has been thought 
 to be compounded of Sagan, the name of the Deputy high 
 priest of Israel, which is also a well known Indian name 
 for the deputy or waiter on their Priest, and Moses. Cal- 
 met tells us, that Moses was Sagan to Aaron, as he learns 
 from the Rabbis. Hence this blind tradition of the 
 Moscas may have confounded the names of the person and 
 the place, or transferred that of the former to the latter, 
 alluding in pomt of fact to theur real lawgiver, Moses, two' 
 thousand years before some noted era. 
 
 They profess an opinion exactly similar to that of the 
 Jews, that the Great Spuit is the head of their state, and 
 has chosen them from aU the rest of mankind as his elect 
 and beloved people. This is a circumstance related not 
 to a few, but to aU who have had an intercourse with 
 them, which would lead to the knowledge of it; nor can it 
 well be accounted for, if they were not derived from the 
 same stock as the Jews. Such is their religious pride, 
 that they hold the white people in contempt, applying to 
 them in their set speeches a word which signifies nothing. 
 But they flatter themselves with the name, the beloved 
 people, or holy people; and in their addresses they enlarge 
 in boasting terms on the happiness of their country, and 
 the special favour shewn it by God. 
 
 When any of the beloved people die, they soften the 
 thoughts of death by saying, he is gone to sleep with kis 
 beloved fore-fathers, and have a proverbial expression 
 
77 
 
 among them, tJte days appointed him arefnished. They 
 jiffinn there is a fixed time and place, when and where 
 every one must die, without the possibility of avoiding it. 
 They also say, such a one was iveighed on the path, and 
 made to be light; ascribing life and death to God's uner- 
 ring and particular providence. 
 
 "I'he Jews hold the solemn four-lettered name of God in 
 great reverence, and mentioned it only once a year when 
 the high priest went into the holy place ; and it is a strik- 
 ing fact ascertained by abundance of testimony, that the 
 Indians utter loud the sound Yah at the beginning of their 
 religious dances ; they then sing y, y. y; ho, ho, bo; he 
 he, repeating these sounds often, as if to retain the remem- 
 brance of the name, but never utter the whole word too-e- 
 ther, at the somid of Yah, wbich so nearly resembles the 
 word J ah, the abstract of Jehovah, they fall into a bowing 
 posture." Whence can have come this veneration for cer- 
 tain sounds, their frequent and regular repetition on reli<n- 
 oiis occasions, and their care not to unite them in one 
 sound so as to utter the whole word ? Such an extraordi- 
 nary resemblance to a Jewish feeling and a Jewish reverence 
 can scarcely have been an accidental occurrence in the life 
 of those tribes. 
 
 Charlevoix, speaking of the northerns, observes nhat the 
 greater ])art of their feasts, their songs, and their dances, 
 appear to have had rise in religion, and still preserve 
 some traces of it. There is a great resemblance between 
 them and the people of God. At some of their meals 
 they do not use knives, and are careful not to break 
 any bones of the beast they eat ; and never eat the paxt 
 
 h3 
 
 ,i2fi 
 
 J.-*; 
 
 i' 
 
 ^ 
 
 w 
 
 r 
 
 '■■ i 
 
 j 
 
 
 
 
 -|i 
 
 1 
 
 
 I 
 
mi 
 
 
 / '- 
 
 
 in: 
 
 
 
 which lies under the lo>*rer joint of the thigh, but always 
 throw it away." Other persons have said they tlirow it 
 into the fire. "They have been often heard to utter dis- 
 tinctly the word Hallelujah in singing ; and at the return 
 of their hunting party they make a feast of which nothing 
 must be left, but all consumed, or entirely disposed of 
 before the next morning; as in the passover of the Israel- 
 ites; and if any family cannot accomplish the prescribed 
 command, they call in the assistance of their neighbours ; 
 as was practised in Canaan when a family was not large' 
 enough to consume the paschal lamb." 
 
 " The American Indians, especially the Cherokees and 
 Choktaws, have in their places of worship, as they call 
 them, the beloved squares, a very humble resemblance 
 of ^he Cherubim which overshadowed the mercy-seat. 
 Adair saw in one of these squares, two white painted 
 eagles, carved out of poplar wood, with the wings stretched 
 out, standing in a comer five feet from the gi-ound, close 
 to the red and white imperial seats, and within were 
 painted with a white clay the figure of a man, with 
 bufialo's horns, expressive of power, and that of a pan- 
 ther, which is the nearest of the animals of America to a 
 lion. Compare Ex. 37. 9. Ezekiel chap. 10. Each of 
 the Cherubims, according to the prophet, had theheadand 
 face of a man, the likeness of un eagle about the shoul- 
 ders, with expanded wings, tlie neck, mane and breast of 
 a lion, and the feet of lui ox: See Ezekiel, 1. 5. 
 In these squares they dance on the winter nights, singing 
 Hallelujah ; also yo, he, wah : but never discover any 
 signs of adoration of these figures.'' When the Israelites 
 
79; 
 
 encamped we learn of them, that they were usually ar- 
 ranged into four divisions, under four different standards, 
 namely, a man, an eagle, a lion and an ox, which four 
 emVlematic figures, whatever they may mean, were found 
 roughly drawn in this and other similar temples. 
 
 The terms of their language direct to the character of 
 their religious feelings. The southerns call God by a 
 name which signifies greatness, purity and goodness ; the 
 great, beloved, holy cause: persons and places set apart, 
 are called sanctified; which epithet is also applied to their 
 priest or holy man, calling him, the great, holy, beloved, 
 sanctified man of the holy one. The most sacred appella- 
 tive they have for God is that already mentioned, yo, he, 
 wah, which they do not uttc xU common speech. Ol" the 
 time and place of uttering it they are very particular, 
 ;'nd it is always spoken in distinct syllables, and with a 
 solemn air. 
 
 They have among them an order of men answering to 
 both prophet and priest. With some their language calls 
 them cunning men, and prescient of futurity, but gene- 
 rally men resembling the holy fire. Their tradition re- 
 ports of them, that in former times they were possessed of 
 an extraordinary divine spirit, by wliich they foretold 
 things future, and controuled the common course of na- 
 ture ; and they believe that, by the aid of the same divine 
 spirit or fiie, they can still effect the same. These perhaps, 
 were the lineal descendants of the tribe of Levi. 
 
 A similar account of the prophets of the Delaware 
 nation, was given by Mr. Beatty about sixty years ago. 
 " They consulted them upon occasion of great sickness. 
 
 l;v 
 
 ! i 
 
 ill 
 
80 
 
 1 
 
 i - 
 
 W,( 
 
 fl 
 
 vl 
 
 mortality, or other oxtraordinaiy occurrences; as tlie Jews 
 of old enquired of the prophets. These people are called, 
 beloved men, and their pontifical office descends by inhe- 
 ritance to the eldest." 
 
 I scarcely think it necessary to enter here into a minute 
 description of the dress of the priests, which it will be sup- 
 posed, in their rude and distressed condition, cannot liave 
 retained the richness of the ancient priesthood : it is how- 
 ever astonishing to .see how much, in their humble style, 
 it corresi)onds with that of the Jewish priesthood. There 
 is with tliem a long and a solemn ceremony once a year 
 for making the supposed holy fire,and offering a yearly atone- 
 ment for sin, when the priest is clothed in a white garment, 
 resembling the Ephod, made of a fine ly dressed deer-skin : 
 it is a waistcoat without sleeves : his shoes and other gar- 
 ments are white and new, and worn only on that occasion: 
 —he puts on a breast-plate, made of a white conch- shell, 
 with white buttons on the outside, in hnitation, we will 
 venture to say, of the precious stones of urim and thum- 
 mim. Kound his temples is a wi-eath of swan's featliers, 
 or a piece of swan-skin doubled, so as that only the snowy 
 down may appear; corre.'ponr'-ng in a humble degree 
 with the plate of gold of the Je,.ish High priest; and on 
 his head a tuft of white feathei-s : on his mocasins are fas- 
 tened a number of blunted turkey-cock spurs, as the Jew- 
 ish High priest wore bells on his coat of blue. 
 
 In every town or tribe u^ a High priest, and others of 
 inferior rtmk. The oldest presides in spiritual things : he 
 maintains great influence among his people, and the great 
 council never determine on any point of importance with- 
 
81 
 
 out his advice. The people firmly believe, that they 
 have comtnunion with invisible spirits, who have some 
 share in the government of human affairs, and also of tho 
 elements. Their incense is the smoke of tobacco, which 
 they puff about on some occasions, and blow towards the 
 sun ; and they reckon their time by the new moon, of 
 which they are great observers, and rejoice at its coming 
 as the Hebrews did before them. 
 
 There is an odd story among them, which may be con- 
 ceived to have had its birth from their knowledge of the 
 blazing stones of the urim and thummim. It is of a trans- 
 parent stone of supposed great power to bring down rain, 
 when put into a basin of water, agreeably to a divine vir- 
 tue impressed on one of them in times of old. This stone 
 would suffer injury if it were seen by any common person, 
 and if seen by foreigners would lose all its divine power. 
 
 '* They have also a most holy place, into which none 
 but the priest can enter. It is partitioned off by a mud wall, 
 and in it are deposited their consecrated vessels. To ap- 
 proach this sacred spot would occasion danger to them- 
 selves, and general injury to the tribe. The great public 
 square, or beloved place, stands alone in the centre and 
 highest part of the town. It has four square or cubical 
 buildmgs, enclosing a spot large in proportion to the size 
 of the town : one of these is the council-house — another 
 a dark building, a secluded place, designed for a sanc- 
 tuary or temple, into which it is death for any but the 
 High priest to enter ; in which are deposited, the sacred 
 things, the physic pot, rattles, chaplets, eagle's tail, calu- 
 met, or sacred stem, a sort of pipe, the pipe of peace, &c.'* 
 
 
 k\ ^ 1 1 
 

 m 
 
 
 I't'; 
 
 
 ••'I. 
 
 1 
 
 
 n^ 
 
 
 '5^ 
 
 1 ' 
 
 'is 
 
 '.*,i 
 
 
 4* 
 
 ■ 
 
 :;ii 
 
 I 
 
 82 
 
 Mr. Bartrain was once present in a town when the peo- 
 ple were fasting, talcing medicine to purge thoroughly the 
 system, and praying the Great Spirit to avert from them 
 a sickness which Iiad long afflicted them. They fasted 
 seven or eight days, taking no food hut a meagre gruel, 
 made of com, flour and water, and drinking ahlack drink 
 whicli acted as an emetic. Deut. 16. a fast of seven days. 
 In short, their ceremonies of religion are much after the 
 mosaic plan, and have scarcely any resemhlance to Pagan 
 institutions, while they are utter strangers to all the gestures 
 ])ractised by the pagans in their religious rites. 
 
 To the above remarks, which ai)ply chiefly to the 
 North American Indians, it is desirable to add the remarks 
 of early writers on the state and customs of those of Mexico 
 and of South America. These miters have been chiefly 
 Spaniards, who cared little about the religious feelings of 
 the natives, and appear to have done all in their power to 
 have them regarded as idolaters, cannibals, oflering human 
 sacrifices, barbarous and premeditated murderers. There 
 were 'Jideed some happy exceptions among those writers. 
 From these persons we learn, that they ottered to the sun 
 and earth asmall quantity of every kind of meat and drink be- 
 fore they tasted it themselves. This was the evening sacrifice 
 already explained. Montezuma shut himself up and con- 
 tinued for the space of eight days in fasting and prayer 
 when the Spaniards arrived ; and to blacken his character 
 they have added without sufficient authority, that he of- 
 fered up human victims in sacrifice to Ins God. These 
 prayers and fastings were doubtless the same as those of 
 the Northern Indians, to sanctify himself and gain favour 
 
 and coum 
 with a pri 
 with the ] 
 
 Bertrai 
 pie, comp 
 held their 
 holy, intc 
 sacred th 
 the males 
 ripe fruits 
 cicnt pent 
 time of ri] 
 Hebrews, 
 
 Oftlie 
 extraordin 
 two days, 
 salt meat > 
 They ass( 
 any beasts 
 and feastei 
 ment for S 
 
 "The 
 women an^ 
 a house, 
 repeating 
 the beIov( 
 ^'hey have 
 tlia alread 
 when the ( 
 to the tem 
 
'n the peo- 
 oughly the 
 Tom them 
 'ley fttsted 
 gre gruel, 
 lack drink 
 ven days. 
 1 after the 
 to Pagan 
 e gestures 
 
 ly to the 
 3 remarks 
 »f Mexico 
 n chiefly 
 3eHngs of 
 power to 
 g human 
 There 
 ! writers, 
 o the sun 
 h'inkbe- 
 sacrifice 
 Lud con- 
 prayer 
 haracter 
 it he oi- 
 These 
 those of 
 I favour 
 
 83 
 
 ana council from tlic Deity. At Mexico was found atem])lc, 
 with a priest, called the minister of holy things, together 
 with the hearth or altar, the continual fire, the holy ark,&c. 
 
 Bertram gives a description of a Southern Indian tem- 
 ple, composed of a square of small buildings; " here they 
 held their councils; a part was shut up, being esteemed 
 holy, into which the priest alone entered, and where the 
 sacred things were deposited. At this temple, he says, 
 the males assemble three times in a year, at the feast of 
 ripe fruits, at the hunting feast, about the time of the an- 
 cient pentecost, and at the gi-eat feast of expiation, at the 
 time of ripe com. When one dies, the Indians, like the 
 Hebrews, wash and anoint the body." 
 
 Of tlie Peruvians, Acosta relates, ''that they held an 
 extraordinary feast, for which they prepared by fksting 
 two days, not accompanying with their wives, or eating 
 salt meat or gariic or drinking chicca daring that time. 
 They assembled in a place, which neither strangers nor 
 any beasts were allowed to enter, afterwards they danced 
 and feasted." Here is the Northern's festival of Atone- 
 ment for Sin. He adds. 
 
 "The Charibbeans at a triennial feast divided the 
 women and children from the men; the latter, shut up m 
 a house, sang, he, he, he, while the others answered by 
 repeating the same : they danced to the sound of rattles, 
 the beloved man bein g dressed in pontifical garments." 
 They have also a kind of feast of love or friendship similar to 
 Ilia already described. The Mexicans have also the feast 
 when the corn is ripe, on which occasion every one brings 
 fo the temple a handful with a drink made of the same." 
 
 % 
 
84 
 
 ^ 
 
 I 
 
 i' I 'hi' 
 
 ii 
 
 f ^ 
 
 ♦» 
 
 Lact, in his description of South America, assures us, 
 "that he often heard the Indians repeat the word hallelu- 
 jah." and Malvenda states " that the natives of St. Michael 
 had tomh-stones with ancient hehrew characters upon 
 them, as these. Why is God gone away ; and, he is dead. 
 God knows.'* 
 
 The Mexicans have also the tradition of a deluge, in 
 which one man was saved with his family and different 
 animals ; and a Portuguese historian in his history of Bra- 
 zil, says, " America has been wholly peopled by the Car- 
 thagenians and IsraeHtes. As to the last, nothing but cir- 
 cumcision is wanting to constitute a perfect resemblance 
 between them and the Brazilians.'* 
 
 Other authorities similar to these might be quoted from 
 the eai-ly Spanish and Portuguese writers. What has 
 been given is sufficient to answer the end designed in 
 selecting them. 
 
 There has recently appeared in this country, The Se- 
 cret Report on America, by Ulloa and Juan, written ac- 
 cording to the instructions of the Secretary of State, and 
 presented to Ferdinand the 6th. One of the most impui- 
 tant points to which the authors of this report directed 
 their attention, was to redeem from calumny the character 
 of the native Indians, whose supposed incapacity had been 
 made the pretext of so much injustice and cruelty. The 
 country is stated by tliem " to be covered with the ruins of 
 magnificent works of public[utility, erected by them, which 
 the Spaniards thought them incapable of executing. Solid 
 paved roads four hundred leagues in length, aqueducts 
 which brought water a hundred and twenty leagues, 
 
 temples 
 
 nionumei 
 
 Pizarro a 
 
 arts whic 
 
 and yet 
 
 bigotry ) 
 
 libelled w 
 
 truth is, 
 
 and weal 
 
 Spaniard; 
 
 A you 
 
 Captain I 
 
 siderable 
 
 remain in 
 
 ny league 
 
 tains. T 
 
 works of 
 
 ruins of 1 
 
 He dug : 
 
 places, to 
 
 tions, and 
 
 of perfect 
 
 Museum. 
 
 carefully 
 
 which the 
 
 found in i 
 
 dies, tLe I 
 
 I'ally in th 
 
 might be 
 
 some of a 
 
ssures us, 
 (I hallelu' 
 . Michael 
 ers upon 
 e is dead. 
 
 lelugc, in 
 1 diflerent 
 ry of Bra- 
 the Car- 
 ig but cir- 
 iemblaiico 
 
 loted from 
 Vhat has 
 signed in 
 
 The Se- 
 Titteii ac- 
 etate, and 
 )st impui- 
 t directed 
 character 
 had been 
 itj. The 
 e ruins of 
 nn, which 
 g. SoUd 
 aqueducts 
 ' leagues, 
 
 85 
 
 temples and palaces of a most splendid character, wTrc the 
 monuments of an empire only four hundred years old when 
 Pizarro visited Peru, and found a people eminent in the 
 arts which adorn a highly advanced state of civilization : 
 and yet this people, because they have sunk under ihe 
 bigotry and oi)pression of their plunderers, are farther 
 libelled with the charge of imbecility and incapacity. Tlie 
 truth is, that nothing has tended to depress the people 
 and weaken them more than the measures which the 
 Spaniards adopted to make them christians." 
 
 A young Clergyman of Plymouth who went out with 
 Captain Mends in 1825, in the Ship Blanche, took con- 
 siderable pains to examine the antiquities which still 
 remain in abundance all afong the Peruvian coast for ma- 
 ny leagues, running parellel with the sea and the moun- 
 tains. There are still, not only the remains of stupendous 
 works of great antiquity: but there are also extensive 
 ruins of temples and fortifications made of burnt brick. 
 He dug into the cemetaries, an immense line of burial 
 places, to all appearance the receptacles of many genera- 
 tions, and disinterred some bodies, which were in a state 
 of perfect preservation, and are now lying in the British 
 Museum. The bodies were dry, consisting of bone and skin 
 carefully wrapped up in cotton cloth. In the tombs in 
 which these bodies were laid, small earthen vessels were 
 found in the n ugh fonn of a bottle with a handle or han- 
 dles, the bottom round, and having a mourh-piece, gene- 
 i-ally in the handle, out of which the contents of the vessel 
 might be taken. Some of these have the form of a fish, 
 some of a bird, and some are plain : a few are double, 
 
 1 
 
 St 
 
 )"1 • 
 
 1: 
 
 ,1 
 
ad 
 
 i« 
 
 I 
 
 <^ 
 
 •^ 
 
 »«-3 
 
 • »■ 
 
 ':iJ 
 
 l»t 
 
 ^ ] 
 i 
 
 "t 
 
 !• 
 
 - »• 
 
 '^' 
 
 i--5 
 
 ;!■ 
 
 ••. 
 
 ■a 
 
 • vk. 
 
 
 91; 
 5I> 
 
 Hi 
 ..J 
 
 
 re 
 
 made in two dist'nct parts, united at the side by a brace 
 three or four inches long, with two orifices terminating in 
 one, intended perhaps for the tomb in which two persona 
 united in life were interred. Tliese vessels wer stopped 
 at thomoutJb, and contained a small quantity of fine dust, 
 the remains of a food which the suivivors deposited in the 
 grave o[ their friends, to supply their immediate want in 
 the event of a revival. 
 
 The tomb of a Casique^ which is distinguishable by its 
 being situated in the centre of the burial place of his tribe, 
 was opened by some of tlie crew of the Ca..,bridge in the 
 same ypar ; and, besides the body of the chief, the skele- 
 t/jns of twelve men were found, and on their skulls were 
 «lcarly distinguishable fracturoj, as from an axe or toma- 
 hawk ; who are said to have been sacrificed at his death 
 in order to be buried with him, that on his rising again he 
 might nr-t be unaccompanied by a proper retinue. In the 
 graves ave also found such instruments or articles as cor- 
 res])ond with the character of the deceased, and would be 
 proper for them to resume on their rising again. Thus, 
 in that oi" tlie warrior were instruments of war, the spear, 
 the axe and the arrow ; in another's and he probably addict- 
 ed to the sea, a very small canoe, or a fishing rod in minia- 
 1 urc ; in the woman's grave was discovered a rough kind 
 ol' distaff, with thread still on it in a perfect state of preser- 
 vation, also wooden needles, and the like. The earthen 
 vosseb, or bottles, as they may be called, are of different 
 sizes, and may contain a quarter of a pint or a half pint, 
 — there are two large enough to hold about two quarts, 
 which we will suppose were designed for the Casique 
 
■ 
 
 87 
 
 and his attendants. On some of them is the serpent, dij«- 
 tinctly formed with the tail hi its raoutli, the Egyptian and 
 Babylonian emblem of Eternity; on others tl>e rough 
 figure of a bird, perhaps the Apis of Egypt, not unknown 
 ill Chaldea. There are other characters also, which ni.iy 
 be emllematicali or merely fanciful according to the whiiu 
 of thep3tt<^r. 
 
 These kinds oi things have been shewn in Europe as 
 proofs of the idolatrous disposition of the natives of Aineri- 
 ca; — but, as well might th'^ uncouth images which dig. 
 adorn our old cathedrals, a^.d were the sports of monJ nIi 
 days, in which the cleverest kilow was he wiio could frame 
 the oddest image, — as for instance; tlie Devil on the 
 Witch's back who is looking over Lincoln — as well might 
 these be axlduced as indications of the idol worship of the 
 dark ages, as many of those articles which are lianded 
 about by our Missionaries, and other credulous person.", 
 to awaken tht* zeal of public meetings and obtain money 
 for the conversion of the Heathen. 
 
 The natives have for the most part forsaken the spot where 
 these venerable remains and the ashes ol their fore-fathers 
 still aie seen, and retired backwards towards and amongst 
 the long range of the Cordilleras ; leaving th«; Coast in 
 the h«nds of their conquerors, and now ir.habited ^y i mot- 
 ley race made up of Europeans, Indians and Africans, 
 mixed and mixed again in an indiscriminate succession. 
 They are however very numerous in their back settlements, 
 and remain pure and uncontaminated by what they may 
 well regard as base and defiled blood. 
 
 lliere is a striking similarity in the opinions which 
 
 I 2 
 
'l 
 
 1 
 
 1^ '1 
 
 I 
 
 i(. 
 
 
 
 
 88 
 
 have been discovered amongst the scattered nations and 
 tribes of that Contine it, in reference to the object of their 
 worship. Speaking of the Deity, they call him, the Spirit, 
 ihe Great Spirit, and the Spirit of fire ; some indiscrimi- 
 nately : but the Peruvians carry their symbol worship still 
 farther. Their Incas are Children of the Sun : the first 
 of them descended from the Sun to give them Laws: their 
 temples are temples of the Sun. Yet we are not to sup- 
 pose that the Sun itself was their God. They directed 
 theii* attention to that bright luminary, as the ancient 
 Persians and Chaldeans did, because it is the direct 
 dwelling Place of the Great Spirit — as we say. Heaven 
 is God's throne. But they .certainly have formed no 
 images of their God, nor did they plant Groves around 
 their temples, as the Canaanites and the Druids were 
 used to do: so often referred to in Scripture. 
 
 In almost all other parts of America the dead were 
 placed on their haunches, the face towards the East, that 
 on revival they may hail the rising Sun : but it is remark- 
 able that in Peru, which is bounded on the East by an 
 uninteiTupted range of lofty mountains, and where the Sun 
 is not seen till it has risen high in the heavens, the dead 
 are always found in the same position with tlieir faces to- 
 wards the West—that they may behold his setting, since 
 his rising is not within their view. 
 
 Of the Antiquities of Mexico and the Missisippi, I 
 shall speak in a future chapter. 
 
 wh^!i 
 
 fruits. 
 
CHAPTER V. 
 
 OF PUBLIC FESTIVALS. 
 
 XT will be proper to give a particular account of the 
 festivals of the American Indians ; for in all ages and in 
 all generations religion has been connected with festivals, 
 and the indulgence of the appetite has formed a part of the 
 gratitude to be paid to the giver of all blessing. Those 
 wh ? 'lave \vritten on the feasts of the Indians, specify five 
 that bear strong characteristic marks, by which the philo- 
 sophical enquirer may be assisted in forming his opinion 
 of the ancient stock from whence they sprang. These are. 
 The feast of first fruits, the hunters* feast, the feast of har- 
 vest, a daily sacrifice, and a feast of love. Of all habits 
 those of religion are the most powerful, and keep the 
 fastest hold. 
 
 Mr. Penn, who acquired his knowledge of tins people 
 from his own observation, informed his friends in England 
 in the year 1683, that "their woi-ship consisted of two 
 parts — sacrifice and cantico: the first is for their first 
 fruits. The first fat buck they kill goes to the fire, where 
 
 i3 
 
 « t 
 
^0 
 
 *.:; 
 
 
 it is all burned with a doleful chaunt of the priest, anti 
 with such fervency and labour of body that he sweats to a 
 foam. The other is the cantico, performed by round 
 dances, words, songs and shouts, and drumming on a 
 board." At one of the feasts Mr. Penn was present: it 
 consisted of twenty bucks with hot cakes made of new 
 corn, of both wheat and beans, in a square form, wrapped 
 in leaves and baked in the ashes: when these were eaten 
 they fell to dancing. Every visitor takes with him a present 
 in their money, which is made of the bone of a fish, the 
 black is as gold, the white as silver ; they call it wampum. 
 He also remarks "that they reckon by moons, they offer 
 their first fruits, they have a kind of feast of tabernacles, 
 they are said to lay their altars upon twelve stones, they 
 mourn a year, they have a separation of women"; and 
 other things which do not occur in the present day. 
 
 From Mr. Adair we have the follow^ing abstract of a 
 feast which may be called, the feast of first fruits. 
 
 "On tlie day appointed, as soon as the spring produce 
 comes in, while the sanctified new fruits are dressing, sLx 
 old ])eloved women come to the temple or sacred wigwam 
 of worship, and dance the beloved dance with joyful 
 hearts. They obsei-vc a solemn procession as they enter 
 the holy ground, carrying in one hand a bundle of small 
 branches of green trees ; where they are joined by six 
 old men, adorned with white feathers, having gr^en boughs 
 in the other hand. They are dressed in shewy ornaments. 
 The oldest man begins the dancd, going round the holy 
 fire in solemn silence : in the next circle he invokes yak, 
 after the usual manaer, on a bass key and with a strong 
 
 Wig* 
 
91 
 
 accent : in another circle he sings Ao, ho, which is repeated 
 by all the religious procession, tUl they finish the circle. 
 Then in another round, iJiey repeat, he, he, in regular 
 notes, keeping time in the dance ; another circle is made 
 in Uke manner, repeating ivah, vmh. A little while after 
 this is finished they begin again, going fse&h rounds sing- 
 ing, hal-hal-le'le'lu^lu-yak^yah, in like maunei-, and fre- 
 quently tlie whole train strike up, halelu, haUelu, halle^ 
 ImfoJi, hallelnyak, with earnestness, fervour and joy, each 
 striking the ground witli right and left foot ahemately, 
 strongly and well timed. Then a kmd of hollow sounding 
 drum joms tlic sacred choir, on which the old women chaunt 
 forth their grateful praises to the Great Spirit, redoubling 
 their steps in imitation of the beloved men at their 
 tiead." ITiIs is similar to the dances of the Hebrews, 
 some of whose dance-songs had no doubt the word hallelii^ 
 yah at tJie beginning or ending. These degenerate people, 
 losing their ancient language, and with it the wonls of 
 these festive songs, have stfll retained the chorus sound, as 
 that whidi made the deejwst impression and was known 
 by all; and it va well attested, that all the inhabitants of 
 the extensive regions of North and South America, have 
 and retain these very expressive sounds, and repeat them 
 distinctly in their religious acclamations. Deut. oil, 26. 
 especially verse U. 
 
 On other religious occa«ions they have he^ distinctly 
 heard to sii^ ak-yo, ale-yo, the divine name expressive 
 of omnipotence : also, he-wah, 1ie-y;ah, intimating the soul, 
 or eternity, derived from yo-Jie-wak. These words of tlieir 
 leligious dances are never rMvaterl at n«o nrht^-n ♦.•rno. 
 
 ^ 
 
 1i 
 
 !f|| 
 
92 
 
 4|j 
 
 . t 
 
 .5 
 ! " 
 
 : ^ 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 which has contributed to the loss of their meaning, for it 
 is thought they do not now understand either the Uteral 
 or the spiritual meanmg of wliat they sing, any furtlier 
 than by allusion to the name and the praise of the Great 
 Spirit. 
 
 ** In these circuitous dances they frequently sing on a 
 bass key, aluhe, aluhe, aluwah, aluwah; also shilu-yo, 
 shilu-he, shilvr-wah and shilvr-hah. These they transpose 
 in several ways, with tlie same notes, lliey continue 
 their hyr 'is of joy for the space of about fifteen njinutes 
 and tlien they break up. As tliey degenerate they are said 
 to lengthen Uie dance and shorten the fast and purifica- 
 cation, and so exceedingly are they known to have 
 changed witliin the last seventy or eighty years, that if 
 tliey continue to decline from the manners of their ances- 
 tui's, there will not ere long be a possibility of recognising 
 tliem, but by their dialects and war customs: which also 
 will alter. After the dance is over tliey drink plentifully 
 of bitter liquids to cleanse their sinful bodies; and then go 
 to some convenient water, and there, according to tlie cere- 
 monial law of the Hebrews, they wash away their sins. 
 They then return witli joy in solemn procession, singing 
 songs of praise, till they enter the sacred square, to eat 
 the new fruits which are brought to the outside of it by 
 the beloved women. They observe the greatest decorum in 
 these solemnities, and give the name karuUia to any who 
 violate them. There is a subdivided tribe on the North 
 part of Pensylvania called Kanoa or Kanai, a sound 
 much like Canaan." 
 
 Accounts very similar to this are given by other writers. 
 
93 
 
 Dr. Beatty states thus what he saw: "Before they make 
 use of any of their first fruits, twelve old men meet and 
 l)rovide a deer and some new fruits. They are divided 
 into twelve parts, the old men hold up the venison and 
 pray with their faces to the east, aclcnowledging tlie 
 bounty of heaven towards them. It is then eaten, after 
 which they freely enjoy the fruits of the earth. On the 
 evening of the same day they have another feast which 
 looks something like the passover ; when a large quantity 
 of venison is provided with otlier things, and distributed 
 to all the guests, of which they eat freely; and if any is 
 left it is thrown into tlie fire and burned, for none of it 
 must remain till sun-rise on the next day, nor must a 
 bone of the venison be broken." Num. 9. 12. Deut. 16. 4. 
 
 The feast of PaSvSover was observed by the Hebrews 
 not in their own houses, but in a sacred spot, which the 
 Lord should choose to place his name in, Deut. 16. 6; 
 and in America we find these people obsemng their feast 
 in the sacred place of worship, or in the beloved Square. 
 
 I shall now proceed to describe the Hunter's Feast. 
 This is thought to resemble the feast of Pentecost. 
 The reader may judge. After their return from a hunt- 
 ing expedition, during which they leave their families for 
 a certain space of time, longer or shorter as may be requir- 
 ed, they have a feast of gratitude. 
 
 Dr. Beatty says " that once in a year, some of the 
 tribes beyond the Ohio choose twelve men, who go out 
 and provide twelve deer ; others have ten men and ten 
 deer, — these numbers of twelve and ten deserve attention 
 —each of them cuts a sapling, and stripping off the bark 
 
 4iq 
 
 III 
 
 i 
 
 I 
 
94 
 
 ^ 
 
 they make a tent by striking tlie ends in the ground and 
 bending them close at the top, covering them with blank- 
 ets. Each man chuses a stone, which they make hot and 
 place together in the form of an altar within the tent, on 
 which they bum the inside fat of the deer. See Num. 18. 1 7. 
 Lev. 8. 25. While making this offering, the men within 
 cry out, we pray or praise, they without answer, we hear: 
 then from the tent the sound proceeds, ho-hah, loud and 
 long. When the fat is consumed, they bum tobacco cut 
 fine on the same stones, by way of incense. Of this altar, 
 so like to the Jewish altar, it is to be remarked, that no tool 
 may be used in shaping the stones of which it is built, 
 they are 'taken rough, and no instrument of any kind 
 employed in building them up. Deut 27. 5 and 6. 
 
 The Southern Indians have a similar custom ; if they 
 have been successful on any occasion and returned safe, 
 tliey offer a sacrifice of gratitude : but if they have lost their 
 men, they imagine they have been impure and moum for 
 the sin which occasioned their loss. 
 
 Like other ill-informed and superstitious people, the 
 poor Indians imagine that their sins are the procuring cause 
 of all their evils : thus did the friends of Job ; and that 
 the Divinity in the ark will always bless the more religious 
 party with success. This is with them a governing sen- 
 timent, and the reason of mortifying themselves in the 
 severest manner while they are at war, living scantily, lest 
 by luxury their hearts should grow evil and give them 
 occasion to moum. Tfum shall affikt thyself. 
 
 Beatty, who went at an early period -^to the Delaware 
 nation, was present at a great meeting on a consultation 
 
95 
 
 for going to war with a neighbouring nation. " They kill- 
 ed a buck and roasted it, as a kind of sacrifice, on an 
 altar formed of twelve stones, upon which stones they 
 would not suffer any tool or instrument to be used. The 
 whole of this animal was afterwards eaten by them except- 
 ing the middle joint of the thigh." Genesis 32. 25 
 and 32. 
 
 "The Muskohgee Indians sacrifice apiece of every 
 deer thoy kill at their hunting camps or near home. If 
 the latter, they dip their middle finger in the broth and 
 sprinkle it over their domestic tombs, to preserve them 
 from the power of evil spirits; according to their mytho- 
 logy of those beings. This custom seems to have a view 
 to the sprinkling with blood : no other semblance offers 
 itself in the history of antiquity." Lev. 8. 15 and 19. 
 
 The Feast of Harvest and Day of Expiation for Sin. 
 
 The Indians formerly observed this solemn feast and 
 fast, and the offerhig of the first fruits of harvest, at the 
 beginning of the first new moon in which their com be- 
 came full-eared: but for many years past, they have 
 regulated it by the forwardness or backwardness of their 
 haiTest. 
 
 Accordmg to Charlevoix, "the harvest is in common 
 with the Natchez, on the Missisippi. The Chief fixes the 
 day for beginning the festival, which lasts three days, 
 spent in sports and feasting. Every family brings some- 
 thing obtained by hunting, fishing or other means, as 
 maize, beans and melons. The Chief presides and on the 
 last day addresses the company in a set speech, exhorting 
 them to the punctual perfonnance of their respective du- 
 
 ; !l 
 
 1': 
 
 I 
 
 ill 
 
 I 
 
 i! 
 
;r 
 
 ]**■ 
 
 'h ' 
 
 -k! 
 
 »w.J 1 
 
 1- 
 
 1, ' 
 
 1 
 
 ■>. ' 
 
 
 
 '1 
 
 /'Hi 
 
 1 n 
 
 96 
 
 ties, to a high veneration for the Spirit which resides in 
 the temi)le, and to a careful instruction of their children. 
 Of the first produce a part is brought to the temple ; and 
 also of all presents made to their nation, which are distri- 
 buted according to the pleasure of the Chief. But the 
 offerings every new moon are for the use of the keepers of 
 the temple. This feast is preceded by a fast of two 
 nights and a day. This feast was kept by the Hebrews in 
 the month Tizri, the first month of the civil year, answer- 
 ing to September and October : it took place previous to 
 the great day of expiation, the tenth of the month. About 
 this time the Indian com is full-eared and fit to eat, and 
 nearly abWt the same time their feast of harvest is observ- 
 ed." Lev. 1 and 2 ch. Priest's Portion. Num. 18. 
 
 To meet the letter of the divine precept, the Jews on 
 the eve of the Passover festival, which was to be eaten 
 with bitter herbs, instituted a rigorous search through 
 every part of theu" houses, not only removing all leavened 
 bread, but sweeping every part clean that no crumb should 
 be left. Leaven may be regarded as the emblem of sin, 
 because it proceeds from corruption. On the next day 
 they offered to God a handful of bariey which, the high 
 priest, seasoning with oil and frankincense, presented to 
 the Lord : then was offered the lamb, a whole burnt- 
 offering, together with fine flour mingled with oil ; also a 
 drink offering of wine : and they were forbidden to eat ei- 
 ther bread, or parched com, or gi'een ears, until the offer- 
 ing was made to God. Lev. 23, 14. 
 
 " When the feast is over, the holy place is carefully 
 cleaned out, the old hearth or altar is dug up, the temple 
 
i h 
 
 97 
 
 « sv^ept, so that not the .smallest crumbs should remain 
 to defile It, and a preparation is made for obtaining the 
 holy fire. In the mean time the women are busy at home 
 m cleanmg iheir houses and putting out their fires, AH 
 bemg ready for the sacred solemnity, the remains of the 
 foast are carried to the outside of the square, every thing 
 IS removed, even the vessels and utensils of every sort 
 which have been used during the past year. The war- 
 nors and old men are then called by proclamation to come 
 imo the beloved square, and keep the fast: the women and 
 Children are kept apart, according to their law: dl living 
 creatures are forbidden to enter except those who have 
 been called, and the fast is then kept until the rising of 
 the second Sun; no temptation whatever prevaUlng tith 
 men in health to take food during that time-whUe thev 
 are drinking plentifully of a decoction of the button-snaie 
 root, to make them vomit and cleanse their sinfulbodies 
 -but children and weak persons are allowed to eat after 
 the Sun has gone down. May not the snake-root used 
 by those in the temple, and the bitter green tobacco 
 which 18 taken by the women and those who by reason of 
 defilement have not been admitted to the square, point 
 to the bitter hei'bs of the family of Isi^]:? Proclamation 
 IS then made to enquire, whether the old Gre is every 
 vrhere put out; for that the hoTj^ fire v^ill'b^ brought from 
 the temple. The beloved man and his attendant go to 
 the holy place, and taking a piece c/f dry wood, cut a hole 
 m It but not so deep as to go through ; he then sharpens 
 anothet piece, and placing it in' the hole, he drills it briskly 
 between his knees till it begins to smoke; or by rubbing 
 
 K 
 
 i i 
 

 
 e i4 
 
 I 
 
 I- 
 
 Ml ' 
 
 98 
 
 two pieces together for about a quarter of an hour, he ob • 
 tu US by friction the hidden fire ; which they believe pro- 
 ceeds from tlie holy spirit of fire. Tliis they cherish witli 
 fine chips, till it bursts into a flame. Tlie fire is then 
 brought out from the holy place and put upon tlve alt«ar ; 
 at which they exceedingly rejoice, supposing all tlieir past 
 crimes except murder to be atoned for. An offering is 
 then made of some new fruits rubbed witli bear*s oil on the 
 altar, Lev. 8, 10, to the bountiful spirit of fire, all siiners 
 are called on to apjjear, the high priest gives injunctions 
 to the people, presses upon them the necessity of a careful, 
 observance of the ancient law, and directs tliat the holy 
 fire should be laid outside the consecrated ground for the 
 use of the houses, which are often some miles apart." This 
 custom very much resembles one which was observed by 
 the ancient Persians as well as by tlie Jews. 
 
 " After the ceremony is ended the priest orders them to 
 paint themselves and follow him. They appear rubbed over 
 with white clay, and form a slow procession to a running 
 stream, singing halleluyah or yo-he-wah, into which they all 
 plunge, men, women and children. Thus being purified 
 and their sins washed away, they think themselves out of 
 the reach of temporal evil on the ground of past conduct." 
 
 Similar statements have been made by other persons, of 
 the same feast held by the SoutJiem Indians ; and that 
 they collect together all old and filthy and unclean things, 
 and cast them into a large fire, take medicine, fast for 
 three days, extinguish all their fires, abstain from the 
 gratification of every appetite, proclaim a general amnesty, 
 and recal malefactors to their houses ; then by friction 
 
99 
 
 they obtain new fire, with the pure flame of wliicli overy 
 habitation is supplied. They then sing, dance and itjoir.e, 
 keeping feast for three days. They also bum th(- fat of 
 the inwards in the fire. 
 
 The Feast of the Daily Sacrifice was offered by the 
 Hebrews every morning and evening. It consisted of u 
 lamb, and was all burnt to ashes excepting the skin and 
 tlie entrails. The Indians seem to observe a humble 
 imitation of it. Some persons who have been adopted 
 by them and lived in their families, tell us, "that they 
 observe a daily sacrifice, both at home and in the woods, 
 with new killed venison. They draw it before it is dressed 
 several times through the fire and smoke by way of sacri- 
 fice, and to consume the blood, which to eat would be an 
 abomination to them : the melt or a large piece of the fat 
 of the first they kill is consigned to the fire ; and within their 
 houses a small piece of the fattest of the meat is thrown 
 into the fire before they begin co eat." Lev. 8. 25. 
 
 A feast of Love, to renew old firiendships, has been also 
 observed among them, in which the people eat, drink, and 
 walk together with arms entwined: the young men and 
 women dance in circles from evening till morning, to glad- 
 den their hearts and unite them before y, o, he, toah. ^c. 
 
 Mr. Boudinot informs us, that he was present at a dance 
 given by the Seneca Indians, six or seven nations united, in 
 return for a hospitable entertainment given them by the En - 
 glish Governor, of which we have the following description. 
 "After the company had assembled in a large room, the 
 oldest Sachem and a beloved man entered with a kind of 
 drum, on which the former beat time ; upon which 
 
 k2 
 
 Is 
 
 
 h 
 
 ) : 
 
 i ; 
 

 s 
 
 ^ 
 
 ;l 
 
 , -Hi 
 
 t 
 
 
 ^ ■• *i; 
 
 1 ■.* 
 
 -• :)^ 
 
 < -1: 
 
 ; , : j 4„ 
 
 ■'4' 
 
 1 *1 
 
 . 
 
 ! . < 
 
 
 . : 'i 
 
 
 I •■ 
 
 i' 
 
 ' 
 
 1 .■ 
 
 -1* 
 
 
 1 . 
 
 ;i 
 
 k 
 
 1 l' BT 
 
 
 V ;^ 
 
 h 
 
 ii; 
 
 1 
 
 
 I 
 
 100 
 
 between twenty and tliirty Indians caine in, wrappetl ia 
 iheir blankets. These n^ade a solemn and slow procession 
 round the room, keeping a profound silence, the Sachem's 
 drum directing their movement. At the second round 
 they began to sing on a bass key, v, y, y, till they completed 
 the circle, dancing to the sound of the drum in a serious 
 manner. On the third round, their ardour increased, tl ey 
 danced to a quicker step, and sang he, he, he, so a.s to be- 
 come warm, to perspire and to loosen the blankets. On the 
 fomth round they sang ho, ho, ho, with greater earnestness, 
 and, dancing with more violence, their heat increased, and 
 they oast away the blankets; which caused some con- 
 fusion. The last round put them into a mere frenzy; 
 they twisted themselves about, wi-eathed like snakes, made 
 the antic gestures of a parcel ol'monkies, singing aH the 
 while with great nolence wah, wah, wah. They kept 
 perfect time to the music, each round occupying ten to fif- 
 teen minutes. They then withdrew in Indian file. In a short 
 time a gi-at bustle was heard, \<iien tliey re-entered and 
 danced one round— then a second, singing in a lively man- 
 ner, hal, hal, hal, till the round was finished, then another 
 to the word le, le, le, and a third to lu, lu, /w, dancing naked 
 with all their might, having thrown the blankets oflf agam : 
 during the fifdi round was srng *l.e syllable, yah, yah, 
 yah. Then, all joining in a Hv( ^; .horns, they ^uiig haU 
 le-lu-yah, dwelhng on each syllable with a long breatliing 
 and in the most pleasing manner.' ' 
 
 Here could be no deception nor mistake. Mr. B. was 
 near them : their pronunciation was guttural and sonorous, 
 but distinct and clear. 
 
101 
 
 
 Tlie Indian Pncsts dr Prophets or beloved men are 
 always initiated by anointing. Some time ago the Chick- 
 csaws set apart for holy purposes some of their old men. 
 They first obliged them to sweat themselves for the space 
 of three days and nights in a small hut, made for th? pur- 
 pose at a distance from the town : they ate nothing but 
 green tobacco leaves and drank the button-snake-wood 
 tea, to cleanse their bodies and prepare them to serve iti 
 the holy office. After which their priestly garments were 
 put on them with the other ornaments, and then bear's 
 oil was poured upon their heads. Like the Jews, even in 
 the coldest weather, they observe religious ablutions, and 
 frequently anoint themselves with oil. See I^ev. .8. 6. 
 for the consecration of Aaron and his sons. 
 
 They never prostrate themselves nor bow their bodies 
 to each other, by way of salute or homage, except when 
 they make peace with strangers, who come in the name of 
 yah: they then bow with religious solemnity : and in the 
 dances when they sing hymns addressed to y, o, he, wah. 
 It is also said that they will not eat of the Mexican hog 
 nor the sea-cow nor the turtle, but hold them in abhor- 
 rence; neither will they cat the eel, nor many animals 
 and birds which tliey deem impure, as fiagles, ravens, 
 crows, bats, buzzards, owls, and others. 
 
 It has been remarked of the Indies throughout Ame- 
 rica from North to South, and from East to West, that 
 they are dll, men, women and children, addicted in an ex- 
 traoi'dinary degree to the use of strong liquors. I fear it 
 nmy be said to be a propensity equally strong in ail 
 uncivilized nations, when it can be obtained. Many 
 
 k3 
 
* 
 
 'liJ 
 
 102 
 
 persons have thought, that it is still stronger in the Ame- 
 rican Indians than in any other people, and m this strik- 
 ing fact they have seen the fulfilment of prophecy. Moses 
 foretold that the people should walk in the stubbornness of 
 their own hearts, to add drunkenness to thirst: and in 
 the 28th of Isaiah we read of the drunkards o/Ephraim 
 from the first to the eighth verse; in which their devoted- 
 ness to strong drink is expressed, and the base effects of 
 It. Now the Jews have never been observed to be given 
 to drunkenness, but rather the contrary. -..Amidst tempta- 
 tion they have been generally sober and regular: but 
 these descendants of Israel, if such they are, have been 
 inveigled and destroyed through their devotedness to strong 
 drink more than through any other causes. Their ene"^ 
 mies have employed this seducing foe, first to weaken 
 and entrap, and then to pilfer and mm-der them. Among 
 the vices which European society ha^ brought on thenf 
 this has been the most predominant, enfeebling and 
 destroying both mind and body. Long have they seen 
 the evil, and many of the best of them have struggled 
 hard against it; but to little pui-pose; for it seems not 
 possible for them to withstand this all-conquering enemy. 
 They make laws against the use and even the introduction 
 of spirituous liquors among them, and with great fimmess 
 often destroy large quantities which are brought in by the 
 traders by stealth. But if once the lip touches the for- 
 bidden drink, all tlie reasoning and authority of their 
 beloved men will not prevent their drinking as long as a 
 drop remains; and they generally are so overcome by it 
 asjo be like mad foaming bears. Of this vice ihey were 
 
he Aihe- 
 iiis strik- 
 . Moses 
 wnness of 
 t : and in 
 Ephraim 
 ' devoted- 
 effects of 
 be given 
 t; tempta- 
 lar: but 
 ave been 
 to strong 
 heir ene- 
 • weaken 
 Among 
 )n them, 
 ing and 
 ley seen 
 truggled 
 ?ems not 
 enemy, 
 oduction 
 fimmess 
 a bv the 
 the for- 
 of their 
 mg as a 
 ne by it 
 ey were 
 
 103 
 
 free, and did not even know it, before the landing of chris- 
 tians on their shores; but it is strange now to tell, how 
 all their nations, and almost every individual of them, are 
 infatuated with the love of strong drink. By its means 
 they have been made to quarrel Avith and kill one ano- 
 tlier; and it has brought them to the practice of vices, 
 which, in the eyes of their belovetl men, are a disgrace 
 and a degradation to them. 
 
 * 
 
 In the Monthly Magazine for April 1828, is the follow- 
 ing paragraph. 
 
 "An opinion has long prevailed, that Columbus inti'o- 
 duced into Europe from America the disee-'a at present 
 known under the appellation of syi>hilis. This question, 
 which has been agitated during tliree Centuries, has been 
 at lengtli set at rest by the researches of Dr. Thienne, a 
 Physician of Vicenza, who has satisfactorily proved the 
 ravages of this disease long before the biith of Columbus. 
 His investigations have led to some curious remarks; 
 inasmuch as he has established a sort of analogy and iden- 
 tity between the elephantiasis, the leprosy, the venereal 
 infection of Canada, the sibbeus of Scotland, the rarlzyge 
 of Norway, the saws of Afiica, tlie pan of America, the 
 malady of schertieno in tlie Tyrol, &c.*' 
 
 Now if there be a real correspondence between these 
 virulent diseases, which are found on different spots 
 and in varied climates, the Doctor may have erred in 
 imagining he has discovered that species of the disease in 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 i 
 
 Mi 
 
 i 
 
 (| 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 • i 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 r 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 i i 
 
 1' 
 
 
v) 
 
 I 
 
 !l i 
 
 104 
 
 question in the annals of a period prior to Columbus. 
 And the generally prevailing opinion may be true — that 
 it was brought into Europe from America, corroborated 
 by his own remarks of its similarity with other prevailing 
 complaints. It is well known that the Israelitish nation 
 were in old times much subject to the leprosy ; which 
 disorder may have assumed a new character upon a new 
 soil, under the influence of a new and very different man- 
 ner of living, and with habits so very unlike those which 
 prevailed among them when inhabiting the well cultivated 
 regions of Asia. If so awful a visitation had been experi- 
 enced under similar circumstances in Greece and in Rome, 
 it must be regarded as a most extraordinary fact, that it is 
 not described, nor distinctly alluded to, by the numerous 
 \vriters of tliose nations : and had it been known in Europe 
 previous to the voyage of Columbus, it would surely have 
 been clearly defined and the mode of cure pointed out by 
 our own Sui^eons. 
 
 The disease called Brenning or Burning, which prevailed 
 in England in the fourteenth and fifteenth Centuries, 
 appefljs to have had a great resemblance to the Syphilis; 
 but as that was a period when the leprosy was common 
 throughout Europe, this complaint was probably a pecu- 
 liar, being a local, branch of it. For Leprosy see Lev. 
 chap. 13 and 14. 
 
 Ti 
 
*oIumbus. 
 rue — that 
 roborated 
 prevailing 
 sh nation 
 
 ; which 
 on a new 
 2nt man- 
 >se which 
 cultivated 
 n experi- 
 in Rome, 
 
 that it is 
 luinerous 
 I Europe 
 ely have 
 d out by 
 
 prevailed 
 enturies, 
 Syphilis; 
 common 
 a pecu- 
 jee Lev. 
 
 f I 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 OF THE LANGUAGE OF THE INDIANS. 
 
 Ti 
 
 HIS is the most difficult part of the subject before us; 
 for, were we inclined to yield to the evidence already pro- 
 duced, to shew the many points of resemblance between 
 the ancient Hebrews and the Indian tiibes, we can 
 scarcely expect to find enough of the old language lemain- 
 ing to furnish a fresh evidence of their kin. The Indian 
 languages have never been reduced to any certainty by 
 written characters: it has never even been thought to 
 form a grammar by which it shall be taught to their child- 
 ren. Masters and Professors they have none of any 
 kind. Traditions only have been conveyed down from 
 father to son ; and these, during a long course of years, and 
 in the mouths of hundreds and thousands of instructors, 
 have so changed, that they assume different faces on dif- 
 ferent spo* , by some are altogether lost, and by many 
 are upheld in a rough and careless manner, without any 
 knowledge of their origin and of their rational or spiritual 
 design. Of art and science taey are compai'atively igno- 
 
 I 
 
i!^ 
 
 
 ■;«■■('' 
 
 ,■-1 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■;;i' 
 
 :.^;;& 
 
 I 
 
 106 
 
 rant : no monuments of antiquity are standing memorials 
 with the present race : oppressed on every side, driven 
 from home to home, as circumstances have varied, and 
 homes been abandoned, language has undergone many 
 changes ; and not a little variety will liave arisen as new 
 families sprang up and new tribes were formed, from the 
 simple circumstance of the construction of the organs of 
 speech ; which even among ourselves occasions the same 
 words to be so differently pronounced, that a foreigner, 
 understanding them when proceeding from one mouth, is 
 often at a loss when they are uttered by another. Putting 
 idioms out of the question, and new words coined to 
 express new things, the very names of things in common 
 use will be expressed by many inflexions of the voice, so 
 as to become in the ears of a stranger different words. 
 Take for example the sound of many of our vocables uttered 
 in the streets of London, in the villages of Yorkshire and 
 among the mines of Cornwall, and many of our familiar ex- 
 pressions. We do not ourselves often know what our own 
 countrvmien say, on a spot where eveiy thing is done 
 that can be done to preserve the purity of our language ; 
 of purity indeed we must be silent when we speak of the 
 use of words in the mouths of the unlettered of our Island. 
 Of the Indian languages, which are numerous, and to 
 aji European ear very unlike, it has been observed, tliat 
 they are copious and expressive, more so than might be 
 expected with a people whose ideas must be few in compa- 
 rison with those of civilized nations. They have neither 
 cases nor declensions; few or no prepositions; but like 
 some of the ancient languages abounding in affixes 
 
memorials 
 ie, driven 
 aried, and 
 me many 
 n as new 
 
 from the 
 organs of 
 
 the same 
 foreigner, 
 mouth, is 
 
 Putting 
 Joined to 
 
 common 
 
 voice, so 
 It words. 
 's uttered 
 shire and 
 liUar ex- 
 
 our own 
 
 is done 
 nguage ; 
 akofthe 
 r Island. 
 3, and to 
 red, tliat 
 light be 
 
 compa- 
 
 neither 
 but like 
 
 affixes 
 
 107 
 
 and prefixes: the words are the sam€ in both numbers. 
 
 It has been said that no language known in Europe, 
 except the Hebrew, is destitute of prepositions, as separate 
 and specific words. They have no comparative or super- 
 lative degree, but express them as the Hebrews do by terms 
 dignified and honourable. Thua the Cedars of Lebanon, 
 famed for their loftiness and grandeur, are in the Hebrew 
 the Cedars of God, and a mighty wind is a wind of God. 
 So with the Indians, the superlative is formed by one of 
 the lettera of the divine name being added to the word. 
 Their public speeches are adorned with strong metaphors 
 in correct language and often with allegory. An example 
 or two may be acceptable to the reader. 
 
 About the year 1684 the Governor of New York sent an 
 ^ent, on a dispute likely to arise vdth the French, who 
 behaved in a haughty manner before the Indians. One 
 of tlie chiefs answered him in a strain o^ simple eloquence, 
 in which he said among other things, " I have two arms : 
 I extend the one to Montreal, there to support the tree 
 of peace, and the other towards Corlaer (the Governor 
 of New York) who has long been my brotlier. Ononthis 
 (of Canada) has been these ten years my father. But 
 neither the one nor the other is my master. He who 
 made the world gave me this land I possess. I am free, 
 I resi^ect them both, but no man has a right to command 
 me, and none ought to take amiss my endeavouring all I 
 can, tliat this land should not be troubled. I can no long- 
 er delay repairing to my father, who lias taken the pains 
 to come to my very gate, and has no terms to propose 
 but what are honourable." 
 
 n 
 
 i ! 
 
 
ihv 
 
 . 108 
 
 At a meeting held with General Wasliington in 1790, 
 a chief called Cornplant, who had ulways sliewn ^eat 
 friendship for the white i)eople delivered an impressive 
 speech, of whioh this is an extract. 
 
 "Father, when your army enteFed tlie territoiy of the 
 six nations, we called you the town-destroyer ; and to 
 this day when your name is heard, our women look he- 
 hind them and turn pale ; our children cling close to fh. 
 necks of their mothers : hut our councellors and warriors 
 being men, cannot be afraid : their hearts are giieved by 
 the fear of the women and children, and desire that it 
 may be buried so deep as to be heard of no more. Fa- 
 ther, mi will not conceal from you, that the Great Spnit 
 has preserved Complant from the hands of his own nation. 
 You told us, say the>', that a line drawn from Pennsylva- 
 nia to Lake Ontario would mark our land forever on the 
 ejist ; and a line running from Beaver Creek to Pennsyl- 
 vania would mark it on the west. But we see that it is 
 not so. For first one and then another comes and takes it 
 away by order of that people, who you told us would 
 secure it to us for ever. Cornplant is silent, for he h.'is 
 nothing to answer. When the sun goes down Complant 
 opens his heart before the (Great Spirit, and earner than 
 the sun appears aoam upon the hills ; he gives thanks for 
 his protection during tlie night, for he feeh, that rm.oiig 
 men become desi>eiate by the injuries they sustain, it is 
 God only tiiat can preserve him. Cornplant loves peace : 
 all he bad in store he has given to those who have been 
 robl-ed by your people, lest they should plunder the inno- 
 cent to repay themselves." 
 
I in 1790, 
 
 iwn ^eat 
 mpressive 
 
 )ry of the 
 ; and to 
 
 look be- 
 ►se to tht 
 . warriors 
 lieved by 
 e that it 
 re. Fa- 
 5at Spirit 
 n nation, 
 nnsyh'a- 
 'T on the 
 !*ennsy]- 
 that it is 
 
 takes it 
 s would 
 ' he lias 
 ornplant 
 ^'er than 
 anksfor 
 
 t OUiOJlg 
 
 tin, it is 
 J peace : 
 re been 
 
 i€ inno- 
 
 109 
 
 What follows is a sentence of a speech of an Indian 
 Chief to his companions, in a war oration. He told them, 
 "he feehngly knew that their guns were burning in their 
 hands; their tomahawks were thirsty to drink the blood of 
 their enemies, and their trusty arrows were impatient to 
 be on the wing; and lest delay should burn their hearts 
 any longer, he gave them the cool refreshing word, 'Joiu 
 the holy ark,' and away to cut olftlie devoted enemy." 
 
 A speech made by Logan, a famous chief, about the 
 year 1 775, cannot perhaps be excelled by any of the highly 
 celebrated examples of Grecian, Roman or British elo- 
 quence. In revenge for a murder committed by some 
 unknown Indians, a party of the Americans fired on a canoe 
 loaded with women and chddren, all of whom happened 
 to belong to the family of Logan, who had been long a 
 staunch friend of tlie white people and then at perfect peace 
 with them. A war immediately ensued, and after much 
 blood-shed peace was restored. A treaty was proposed, 
 but Logan disdainfully refused to be reckoned among the 
 suppliants for peace. 
 
 "I appeal," said he, "to any white man to say, if he ever 
 entered Logan's cabin hungiy, and he gave him not meat 
 —if he ever came cold and naked, and Logan clothed him 
 «ot. During the last long and bloody war, Logan remained 
 idle in his cabin, an advocate for peace. Such was his love 
 for the white men, that my countrymen pointed as they 
 passed and said, Logan is the friend of white men. I had 
 tliought to have lived with you, but for the injmesof one 
 
 man. Colonel the last spring, in cold blood and 
 
 unprovoked, murdered all the relations of Logan, not 
 
 l! 
 
 
> 
 
 no 
 
 sparing even my women and children. There runs not a 
 drop of his blood in the veins of any hving creature. This 
 called on me for revenge. I have sought it I have kill- 
 ed many. I have fully glutted my vengeance. For my 
 country, I rejoice at the beams of peace. But do not 
 harbour a thought that mine is the joy of fear. Logan 
 never felt feai\ He will not turn on his heel to save his 
 life. Who is there to mourn for Logan? No, not one." 
 
 Energetic and eloquent as is this address, under the 
 painful impressions in which it was given, let the reader re- 
 member how extremely difficult it is to obtain a translation 
 of such an example of oratory that conveys the spirit of 
 the original: few languages will admit of it, and, the sim- 
 pler and less redundant the language in which it was 
 delivered, the more difficult it must be to retain the genuine 
 character in the diffuse terms of modem tongues. 
 
 Mr. Adair, who had the best opportunities of becoming 
 acquainted with the idioms of their language by a residence 
 of forty years among them, has taken great pains to shew 
 the similarity of the Hebrew to the Indian languages, 
 both in their roots and general construction ; and gives 
 reason to believe that many of their words are even to this 
 day pure Hebrew, notwithstanding the danger it has run 
 of perpetual change, so as to render the preservation of 
 even a part of it little less than miraculous. 
 
 It is well known that the original Hebrew, which was 
 spoken by the Jews before the i vptivity in Babylon, was 
 a language very different from that which was afterwards 
 known to the people of Jerusalem, and is now known to 
 the descendants of that people. Our learned men even 
 
I t 
 
 111 
 
 now declare that the old language of the Jews is lost; tlmt 
 it was more properly a Phenician or Chaldaic idiou) jirid 
 that it was during the captivity of no more than seventy 
 years that they adopted an idiom essentially diflerent, that 
 of Babylon, together with its character. What shall m-. 
 then say, if only a similarity can be shown, and a fair 
 comparison can be established, between the terms of the 
 natives of this wilderness, and those of the stock from 
 whence W3 maintain that they are sprung? 
 
 Father Charlevoix was a man of learning and of respect- 
 able abiUties: he paid more attention to the Indian lan- 
 guages than perhaps any one before him or since, and he 
 had gi-eater opportunities. These are his remarks. 
 
 "The Algonquin and Huron languages have between 
 them that of almost all the savage nations of Canada: 
 whoever should well understand both, might travel without 
 an interpreter more than fifteen hundred leagues of country, 
 and make himself understood by a hundred diiierent na- 
 tions, who have each its peculiar tongue. The Algonquin 
 has an extent of twelve hundred leagues, and they s<iy 
 that it prevails to a much wider extent." 
 
 "The Huron language has a copiousness, an vi/ergy and 
 a sublimity perhaps not to be found in any of the finest lan- 
 guages we know of; and they, whose native tongue it is, 
 though now but a handful of men, have such an elevation 
 of soul, as agrees much better with the majesty of their 
 language, than with the state to which they are reduced. 
 Some have fancied they found in it a similarity with the 
 Hebrew; others have thought it had the same origin as 
 the Greek." " The Algonquin language has not so much 
 
 L O 
 
 

 ^M 
 
 112 
 
 force as the Huron, but has more sweetness and elegance. 
 Both have a richness of expression, a variety of turns, 
 a propriety of terms, a regularity which astonishes : but 
 what is more surjirising is, that among these barbarians, 
 who never study to speak well, and who never had the use 
 of writing, there is never introduced a bad word, an im- 
 proper term or a vicious constnictioii. Their children pre- 
 serve the purity of their language in tlieir common 
 conversation. The manner ia which they animate aU 
 they say, leaves no room to doubt of their comprehending 
 all the worth of their expressions and all the beauty of 
 their language." 
 
 We must not detract in any respect from the virtue 
 and the discernment of this excellent man, in his attempts 
 to serve a nation of human beings whom he regarded as 
 infinitely beneath himself in spiritual knowledge. They 
 were his children, he had adopted tliem in Christ Jesus, 
 and he loved them as such; and perhaps gave them more 
 credit for their regular advantages than others would have 
 done. Yet he could not be altogether deceived, and his 
 judicious remarks are of the utmost importance in giving 
 us a just view of the inhabitants of the back settlements, 
 from the boreal regions of Canada to the mild shores of 
 the Mexican Gulf. 
 
 Dr. Edwards, Son of President Edwards, a man of 
 great learaing, who was intimately associated with the In- 
 dians from the age of six years, and understood their 
 language as well as his mother tongue, and a Mr. Elliot 
 who was called, tlie Indian Apostle, and translated the Bible 
 into the Mohegan language, have given us much inform 
 
f 
 
 113 
 
 mation respecting it. "For the pronouns, which are com- 
 mon in otlier languages, they use letters or syllables placed 
 at the beginning and the end of words. In this particular 
 the structure of their language coincides with that of the 
 Hebrew in an instance in which the Hebrew is said to 
 Ji/Ter from all the languages of Europe, ancient and modem; 
 with this diflerence, that the latter place affixes at the end 
 of words, whereas the former to express the singular num- 
 ber i)refix the letter or syllable, but in the plural, place it 
 at the end : They also change and transpose the vowel to 
 express the possessive pronouns." Dr. Edwards has pointed 
 out a number of instances in which the analogy between 
 these two languages is striking: and he tells us, that the 
 Mohegan dialect, which is that of which he writes, is spoken 
 over a very large extent of country, and is to others a ^ 
 sort of mother tongue : it seems to be the same as others 
 call the Algonquin, from another tribe using the same 
 dialect. 
 
 A tribe has been thought to be discovered among them 
 coiTesponding with the tribe of Levi. The Mohawks, 
 once very numerous, were held by all the other tribes in 
 great reverence, and even in fear ; so that they fled before 
 them, made neither war nor peace without their advice, 
 and paid them an annual tribute. The Mohawks were 
 the correctors of what was done amiss by the other tribes. 
 Now it is worthy of an incidental remark, that the name 
 of this nation greatly resembles the Hebrew word which 
 signifies a law-giver, or interpreter of the law, Meichokek. 
 Gen. 49. 10. Law-giver between his feet. 
 To enlarge upon the subject of language would not 
 
 '' I 
 
 I 
 
 ! i 
 
 )i 
 
 a i 
 
I ; ♦■#» i 
 
 
 114 
 
 accord Willi the limits T have prescribed to myself in the 
 size and price of this volmne. I can only subjoin the 
 remark — that there are a number of verbs and of nouns 
 which are nearly or altogether alike in the two languages, 
 notwithstanding the change which time, and the difl'erence 
 in the organs of speech, and the fancies of an untaught 
 people must of necessity have occasioned. The pronuncia- 
 tion of this people is so guttural as to make even the Hebrew 
 words appear different to those who are looking for them : 
 their language consists of a multitude of monosyllables 
 added together; every ])r()perty or circumstance of a thing 
 being noted by an additional syllable. A very natural 
 way for an untaught pco])le to express their meaning. 
 Making reasonable allowances for these and other causes 
 of change in names and in pronunciation, it is next to 
 marvellous that so great an affinity between them should 
 still subsist; and most of all, that in their religious associ- 
 ations, these nations, who have changed their manner of ex- 
 pression in the common intercourses of life, have preserved 
 those sacred words and use them with ib.o same precaution, 
 which have distinguished the people of God from the days 
 of Moses to the present time. 
 
 Souard, in his Melanges de Litterature, speaking of 
 the Indians of Guiana observes, on the authority of a 
 learned Jew, Isaac Nasic, residing at Surinam, "that their 
 language is soft and agreeable to the ear, abounding in vow- 
 els and synonimes : that all the substantives arc Hebrew ; 
 that the word expressive of the soul means breath, that 
 they have the same word as in Hebrew to denominate 
 God, which means master or lord.*' 
 
CHAPTER Vir. 
 
 
 O.N THE INDIAN TRADITIONS. 
 
 'n 
 
 W 
 
 The Indians do not possess the ^vantage of conveying 
 the knowledge of old times down to posterity by means oi 
 wntmg : this can be preserved only by tradition : tliere- 
 /ore young men have been seated by the judgment 
 of the old one^, of merit and goo<l character, to be the 
 channels through which the manners and customs of their 
 ancestors sh.lll be made known to distant generations 
 Without specifying the sources whence these tradi- 
 tions were received, because that would make it necessary 
 to write more than is necessary for information, and many 
 ot them have come from different and distant ti-ibes, T 
 shall state the chief and most important of these traditions. 
 
 They hold it as a general and a certain fact, that all the 
 tribes came into that country from the same quarter, in 
 ages very remote, from a far distant country by the way 
 of the North-west, that all the people were of one colour 
 aj^x- m process of time moved eastward .nd southward to 
 ^heir present settlements. Those of Mexico state, that 
 
 \n 
 
 I 
 

 -V . 
 
 '■•.J 
 
 !| 
 
 ..:r. 
 
 ' ' "'I 
 
 :^ !;f 
 
 1 
 
 ! 
 
 ■ 1 
 
 i 
 
 i. ^ 
 
 Hi 
 
 116 
 
 their fathers were settled in another place before they came 
 to their present abode, tJiat they wandered eighty years 
 in obedience to the command of the Great Spirit in quest 
 of new lands under particular directions given to them, 
 and having obeyed the divine directions they wer<- guided 
 
 to Mexico. 
 
 The Southerns say, that their ancestors lived beyond a 
 great river. That nine parts of their nation passed over 
 the river, but the others refused and staid behind : that 
 when they lived far west they had a king who left two 
 sons: that one of them, mth a number of the people 
 travelled a great way for many years till they came to the 
 Delaware river, and settled there. They have it handed 
 down from their ancestors, that the book which the white 
 people have was once theirs : while they had it they pros- 
 pered : but the whit<* people bought it of them and learned 
 many things from it; whilst the Indians offended the 
 Great Spirit, lost their credit and suffered exceedingly from 
 the neighbouring nations : that the Great Spirit took pity 
 upon them and directed them to this country : on their 
 way they came to a great river, which they could not pass, 
 but God dried up the waters and they passed over dry 
 shod: that their fathers were possessed of an extraordinary 
 divine Spirit by which they foretold future things and con- 
 trouled the course of nature, whilst they obeyed the sacred 
 laws : but that this power had left them. 
 
 M^Kensie writes— they have a tradition, that they came 
 from another country inhabited by wicked people, and 
 had U-aveised a great lake which was narrow, shallow and 
 full of islands, where they had suffered great hardships 
 
 

 
 117 
 
 and much misery, it being always winter, witli ice and 
 deep snows : at a place they ealle.1 the Copper-mine 
 River, where they made the first land, the ground was 
 covered with copper, over which a body of earth had since 
 been collected to tlie depth of a man : their ancestors ha.1 
 gone on till their feet were worn out with walking and 
 their throats with eating: they spake of a deluge, when tlie 
 waters spread over the earth, except the liighest mountain 
 on the top of which they were preserved : they also believe 
 m a future judgment. He remarks, « whether circumci- 
 sion be practised among them I cannot pretend to say, 
 but the appearance of it was general among those I saw." 
 On this subject we have still more explicit information 
 ii-om several quarters ; that it was generally practised long 
 ago, but that the young men, not knowing the use of itor 
 why it was practised, made a mock of it, brought it into 
 disrepute and so it feU generally out of use : that the peo- 
 ple went formerly to build a high plax)e, and while tliey 
 were building it they lost their language and could not 
 understand one another, while one called for a stick a 
 stone was brought to him; and from that time they began 
 to talk different languages: that the first woman came from 
 Heaven and had twins, and that the elder killed the younger. 
 The Southern Indians mention, that when they left their 
 native land, tliey brought with them a sanctified rod, by 
 order of the oracle, which they fixed every night in the 
 ground, and were to remove from i)lace to place on this 
 continent, towards the rising sun, till it budded in one 
 night^s time, that they obeyed the sacred oracle and the mi- 
 racle at last took place when they arrived at the Missisippi. 
 
 I: i j- 
 
 ' I 
 
 
 I 
 
118 
 
 ^»v 
 
 ?.!< 
 
 That in the beginning the heavenly inhabitants, as they 
 called them, frequently visited the people and talked with 
 them, and gave directions how to pray and how to appease 
 the Great Being when he was offended; to offer sacrifice 
 bum tobacco, &c. 
 
 That there are two gieat beings that rule and govern the 
 universe, who are at war with each other. The one, 
 Maneto, is all kindness and love ; and the other Matche- 
 maneto delights in doing mischief: some say they are 
 equal in power; others that Maneto is the first great cause, 
 and therefore must be all powerful and supreme and ought 
 to be adored, whereas tl i other should be rejected and 
 despised. 
 
 When Cortes advanced to attack the capital of Mexico, 
 its King Montezuma told him, "that it was an established 
 tradition among them, that their ancestors came originally 
 from a remote region and conquered the provinces now 
 subject to his dominion, that after they were settled their 
 great captain who conducted the colony returned to his 
 o^vn country, promising that at some future period his 
 descendants should visit them, assume the government 
 and reform their constitution and laws : that, from what he 
 had seen of Cortes and his companions, he was convinced 
 that they were the persons whose appearance the Mexi- 
 cans' traditions and prophecy taught them to expect, that 
 accordingly he received them not as strangers but as rela- 
 tions of the same blood, and desired them to consider 
 themselves as masters of his dominions, and that he and 
 his subjects should comply with their will.** There is 
 not any way of accounting for the strange fatuity which 
 
 
1, as they 
 
 ked with 
 
 ) appease 
 
 sacrifice 
 
 )veni the 
 'he one, 
 Matche- 
 they are 
 !at cause, 
 tid ought 
 cted and 
 
 Mexico, 
 tablished 
 triginally 
 ices now 
 led their 
 ed to his 
 eriod his 
 i^emment 
 I what he 
 anvinced 
 le Mexi- 
 )ect, that 
 t as rela- 
 consider 
 It he and 
 rhere is 
 ty which 
 
 
 119 
 
 seized upon this unhappy monarch, but by a^ribin^ it to 
 the confused recollection of the authority of Moses and 
 the prom,.se he gave of one risL'ig up aft«r him, like unto 
 himseli, ^hom the people should obey. In one thing how- 
 ever he was inflexible. They could not by all their tan- 
 talizing promises and cruel tortures draw him from the 
 worship of the Great Spirit to adopt the rites which they 
 prescribed. ^ 
 
 ^ Many of Robertson's remarks on the manners and prac 
 tices of the Mexicans and the Peruvians are evidently 
 taken from Spanish historians, and are pointedly denied 
 by the Colonists, who have taken great pains of late years 
 to make themselves acquainted with those people 
 
 The Rev. Jabez Hyde, New York County, rem'arks in a 
 letter to the Author of The View of the Hebrews, dat^d 
 1825. «l have long been of opmion that the natives of 
 this country are the Outcasts of Israel. Most of the par- 
 ticalars you mention I know to be facts. After readin- 
 the Star in Uie West I paid more attention to the subject'' 
 In the year 18 a general religious excitement commenced 
 among the Senecas. They attempted to understand and 
 reform their old religion. The wise men assembled who 
 were best acquainted with their mysteries; they had no 
 idea of tbe meaning of their feasts and dances, nor the 
 words they made use of in them. They consented to 
 take the book which the white men call, the Word of 
 God, to Arow light on their patli. This was the com- 
 mencement of Christianity among them, which brou-ht 
 m two who had officiated as high priests : they have given 
 me an unreserved account of aU they know of their ancient 
 
 ;1 I 
 
 ' \ 
 
 
>J 5 ; 
 
 ■ 
 
 I'W 
 
 120 
 
 teligion, and were desirous of learning whetlier any thing!? 
 in our scriptures were similar to tlicrr customs. They 
 are firmly persuaded that they are the people of God, hut 
 have lost their way and are lewildered in darkness." 
 Mr. Hyde then gives a statement of their customs and 
 religious ohservances, similar to what has been stated 
 
 already. 
 
 The entire discontinuance of the Sahbath among these 
 tribes may be regarded as an argument against the hypo- 
 thesis which the forementioned facts go to establish. It 
 may be said; "If they have presened the sacred words 
 and continued the ancient festivals of the i)eople of Israel, 
 how is it they have lost their Sabbath day, the most pe- 
 culiar of all the characteristics of God's people. Habit 
 would surely confirm them so strongly in the observance of 
 that day, that they could not possibly forget it ; and if some 
 extraordinary revolution, hke that of the days of terror in 
 France, should obliterate the day cl rest from the alma- 
 nack, because it had been a religious festival, we should 
 see it revived in some other form ; like the decade of the 
 French Revolution." 
 
 There does seem much force in this remark : for we are 
 so completely the creatures of habit, that even a slight 
 deviation from our ordinary routine cannot be effected, 
 without disturbing our peace and producing unpleasant 
 sensations: much less cau our religious associations be 
 inten-upted without offering a severe violence to our feel- 
 ings. But I am led to remark on this ai)parently strong 
 objection, that it i3 evident, from the denunciations of the 
 prophet, that this custom of keeping a Sabbath day, which 
 
ly things 
 3. They 
 God, but 
 arkness." 
 ;oms and 
 en stated 
 
 ong these 
 ;he hypo- 
 blish. It 
 ed words 
 of Israel, 
 most |)e- 
 e. Habit 
 ervance of 
 id if some 
 f terror in 
 the alma- 
 vve should 
 ide of the 
 
 for we are 
 m a shght 
 3 effected, 
 mpleasant 
 nations be 
 our feel- 
 itly strong 
 ions of the 
 lay, which 
 
 121 
 
 was a practice entirely unknown to the Heathen nation?, 
 had lost its force with the Hebrews long before these peo- 
 ple arrived on the Western continent, supposuig that they 
 ever did arrive there. From the 17th ch. of Jeremiah, 
 we learn, that the inhabitants of Judah had broken the 
 fourth commandment in so notorious a manner as to call 
 down the indignation of the Almighty against them, verse 
 21. "Thus saith the Lord: Take heed to yourselves 
 and bear no burden of the Sabbath day, neither do ye 
 any work; but hallow ye the Sabbath day, as I com- 
 manded your fathers. But they obeyed not, neither mclin- 
 ed their ear, but made their neck stiff, that they might 
 not hear nor receive instruction." 
 
 Now if this was the character of the inhabitants of 
 Jerusalem, who did retain a respect for the ordinances of 
 Moses, and never plunged into Idolatry as the Israelites 
 did ; it is no great demand made upon our faitli to beheve, 
 that these latter had been prevailed on, long before they 
 were driven out from their happy land, to give up the 
 observance of a Sabbath day. The idolatrous women with 
 whom they had so generally associated, the people of the 
 land whose abominations they had adopted, the example 
 of their Kings and Queens who forsook God, would above 
 all tilings separate them from a custom which belonged 
 to them OS a distinct race ; and in the attachment they 
 fomied to the pagan worship, to tlie Calves of Rehoboam, 
 and the Baals and Ashtarotlis of tlie land, they would, 
 as a matter of course, follow the observ'ance of days and 
 times to which those people were devoted. In foiincr 
 times public festivals were connected with religion; and 
 
 M 
 
 '!fl 
 
 ( M' I 
 
 1 I M 
 
 • ! 
 
 I i 
 
 I 
 « PI 
 
 l t'l 
 
 i! 
 
 j 
 
 I 
 
122 
 
 when wiiolo societies of people were converted to Christi- 
 anity, the ancient festivals were generally preserved, and, 
 with a slight alteration, were made to answer for the 
 Christian worship. The Israelites would probably retain 
 their festivals, being that part of their original institutions 
 which well vitiA llie carnal appetite, and they would 
 still have a re^^a i to these in their new places of abode. 
 With annual festivities no system of religion, not even the 
 Christian, is offended; while therefore they retained 
 theirs, there would be no peculiar inducement for them 
 to resume the interruption of a day of rest From tra- 
 ditions still preserved, however, there is good reason to 
 believe, tliat a Sabbath was observed by some of the tribes- 
 after their arrival in America: but, when it ceased, and 
 why, we have no means of ascertaining. It is well 
 Known, that the rite of circumcision was in use among 
 some of the tribes even at a compai'atively late period o* 
 time, but was given up, according to ihaii traditions, 
 by the young men, because they thought it an unne- 
 cessary and even a cruel custom, and did not know for 
 what reason their ancestors had appointed it. The Sab- 
 hath may have been abandoned under a similar persua- 
 f^ion, that there was no necessity for its observance. 
 
 Thus those ancient customs which afforded a pecuhar 
 gratification retained a feeble and half expiring life, while 
 others from which no pleasure was acquired were by de- 
 grees suflered to sink into oblivion. 
 
Christi- 
 rved, and, 
 : for the 
 bly retain 
 istitutions 
 ley would 
 
 of abode. 
 
 t even the 
 
 retained 
 
 for them 
 horn tra- 
 reason to 
 the tribes- 
 !ised, and 
 [t is well 
 se among 
 
 period o* 
 traditions, 
 in unne- 
 
 know for 
 The Sab- 
 ir persua- 
 ce. 
 
 a peculiar 
 life, while 
 ire by de- 
 
 t: 'I 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 ON THE PASSAGE FROM CONTINENT TO CONTINENT. 
 
 Tj 
 
 HESE traditions of the aboriginal nations of Anu- 
 rica which have been found in different parts of it, and 
 some, indeed most of them in many parts, with such 
 shades of difference as may be expected to exist, may 
 now be connected with the discoveries which liave been 
 made at a later period of that part of the Northern c can 
 which lies between the Western shore of America and 
 the opposite coast of Kampschatka j and a farther corro- 
 boration will present itself of the important fact it is the 
 object of these pages to establish. 
 
 Kampschatka is a large peninsula on the North-easterii 
 part of Asia, a mountainous country, with a cold and frozen 
 climate. The Islands, in this narrow sea nhich divides 
 it from America, are now numerous; they are subject to 
 continual earthquakes, discover evident marks of repeated 
 volcanos, and abound in sulphur : so that it may well be 
 imagined, that in the course of many Centuries gi'eat 
 changes have taken place in that part of the sea, and that 
 
 M 2 
 
 it 
 II 
 
 III 
 
••4 
 
 l4 
 
 124 
 
 a chain of islands may bave run across/ fonning an 
 easy communication from continent to continent at all 
 times, and especially in the winter season, when the land 
 aid sea would fonn one continued track of solid ice. 
 The strait is often filled with ice at the present time, so 
 as to afford a free passage ; and when tlie water is free, it 
 18 very shallow: so that it is no gi'eat stretch of probability 
 to suppose, tliat two tliousand years ago the two continents 
 were joined, though UtUe known to each other by reason 
 of the severity of the climate ttiat must have been endured 
 m pas.sing from tlie one to the other, and the inliospitality 
 of the soil in the North-eastern part of Asia: an abundance 
 of unoccupied ground still lying open to the tribes and 
 families that were wanderingabout what we now call Siberia. 
 The Northern parts of the two continents where they 
 approach have been found to abound with the same 
 kmds of animals, bears, wolves, foxes, hares, deer, roe- 
 buck, elk and the like, nor was it until the number of 
 these had been greatly diminished in the European 
 continent, that the hunters crossed the narrow strait to 
 sport on the American land, in which their numbers 
 were immensely great and they were so tame that they 
 were easily taken . 
 
 We are also informed by Robertson, that "when 
 Peter the Great determined on exploring the North-east 
 pait of his empire and the seas lying thereabout, a tradition 
 was found to exist, that a communication had been held 
 with the opposite coast: in those provinces an opinion 
 prevailed, that there are countries of great extent and 
 fertility at no great distance from them." 
 
 m 
 

 Du Pratz, who 
 
 125 
 
 In the 
 
 wrote in the year 1720, informs ..„, 
 that he met with a very intelligent Indian who had 
 travelled to the North-west, through a pressing curiosity 
 to see the land from whence his forefathers came, but 
 found it cut off therefrom by the sea to his great disap- 
 pointment. He there heard of a very old man, who 
 had seen the distant land before it was cut away by the 
 great water, and that when the water was low, many rocks 
 were seen across it." 
 
 There are some striking points of resemblance between 
 the Kampskadales and the Indians, but it is scarcely 
 worth while to describe them here, alluding only to the 
 habit of puncturing the flesh, and making figures upon 
 it which they rub over with a blue liquid, and the 
 marks become indelible. Bishop Lowth imagines this 
 practice to be alluded to in Isaiah 49, 16. "Behold I have 
 graven thee on the palms of my hand." The Jews at 
 this time making representations of the City and Tem- 
 ple in their skins, to shew their affection for it, and retain 
 its image in their minds. 
 
 Steller in his journal states that, "the main land of 
 America lies parallel with the coast of Kampschatka, and 
 they have the appearance of having been onco joined, 
 especially at the Cape- He assigns four reasons which 
 induced him to think they were once united; the appear- 
 ance of both coasts, which seem to have beenV>m 
 asunder, many Capes which project into the sea, many 
 small Islands which lie between them, the relative situ- 
 ation of those Islands, and the present breadth of the 
 sea. From Bhering's Island, which Hes in tlic middle. 
 
I 
 
 126 
 
 both continents can be clearly seen even now : from all 
 which it appears clearly, that there was once a passage, 
 l)robably an easy one, from the one to tlie other land, 
 either on the main before the; separation took place, or 
 from Island to Island at short distances or on the ice ; 
 and that the tribe:4 of Israel wandering North-east and 
 directed by the unseen hand of providence, or by some 
 express tidings they had received, thus entered into a 
 country wherein mankind net^r before dwelt. 
 
 Dr. Robertson's remarks on these Stiaits, which had 
 not the least reference to the subject of this volume, are 
 however illustrative of the position here laid down. '• The 
 number of Volcanos in this part of the world is remark- 
 able : there arc several in Kampschatka, and not one of 
 the Islands, great or small as far as the Russian naviga- 
 tion extends, is without them. Many are actually buni- 
 ing, and all the mountains bear mai'ks of having been 
 once in a state of irruption. Were I disposed to admit 
 such conjectures as have found a place in oilier enquiries 
 concerning the peopling of America, I might suppose, 
 that this part of the earth, having manifestly suffered vio- 
 lent convulsions from earthquakes and volcanos, an isth- 
 mus, which formerly united Asia to America, has been 
 broken and fonned into an island by the shock.'* From 
 the discoveries of Capt. Cook it appears, that within less 
 than a degree of the polar circle these two continents 
 present two opposite capes which are only thirteen leagues 
 apart, in nearly the middle of which space lies Bhering's 
 Island. Passing through this strait he saw distinctly the 
 two continents lying on the right and left. 
 
127 
 
 These tribes may not have gone diitlicr alunc. The 
 alliances they liad fonned in Media might induce some 
 other Easterns to accompany them; particularly their 
 brethren who had been carried captive before them, and 
 were in tlie same neighbourhood, and as much dissaiisHed 
 with the place of their banishment and witli their oppi-es«or'^ 
 rod, as themselves. Others, natives of tlie Eastern cxmst, 
 may have been driven by storms and cost upon tho oppo- 
 site Western land ; and tliese considerations will furnish 
 us with tlie means of accounting for a mixture of Asiatic- 
 language, manners and peculiarities. 
 
 How often do we read in ancient history, of very lar^e 
 bodies of people moving away from their ancien* resic'enc^, 
 dther through choice or driven by a tyrant's command, 
 to seek a new abode! When the warriors of the Northern 
 nations invaded the South, they came accompani'-^l by 
 their wives and children, with the only liabitations they 
 could boast of, their tents, confident of obtaining belter 
 ])Ossessions in a more feidle and less encmnbert^l country. 
 The Israelites, with tlieir floclcs and families, were forty 
 years finding their way into Canaan. When driven out 
 by their Assyrian conquerors tliey were probably allowetl 
 but a small portion of their projjcrty to cany wiUi thean, 
 but tliey went en masse, a distance of about 900 miles. 
 Beyond them, in the vast regions of the Nortli, was at 
 that peiiod but a very thin population, and we hav« reason 
 to believe few or perhaps no settlal habitations, towns or 
 villages. The Scythians, whom Alexander could not 
 conquer even on a more southern ground, must have 
 been less and less thinly scattered as the country became 
 
 In 
 
 I 
 

 
 
 i-< 
 
 I 
 
 I 1 
 
 I I i 
 
 i- 
 
 
 1; 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^i 
 
 , 1. 
 
 ! r 
 
 128 
 
 more cold and less inviting. Tlic Hebrew tribes were 
 sent into their borders by the command of a Monarch, 
 who at that time held a sovereign sway over an inmiense 
 range of country as far North as what we now call 
 Great Tartury, bordering upon a wild uncultivated track. 
 Tlie geographical situation of this country is wortliy of 
 attention. Media lay on the South-west side of tlie 
 Caspian Sea stretching Northward beyond Armenia and 
 Georgia; and, to the Northern-most quarter of this vast 
 Empire, to Halah, Habor and Hara, on the river Gozan, 
 tliese cai)tives were sent. After tlie Assyrians, tlie Metles 
 made themselves masters of tliat country, tlirowing off 
 tlie Ass^Tian yoke. About one hundred years after which 
 time the Scythiai a conquered iho Median Empire in up- 
 [>er Asia, and retained the government about thirty years, 
 'riius a tmie long enough elapsed to promote an acquaint- 
 ance between the Northern parts of Media and the still 
 more Northern country of Scythia or Tai'taiy. It should 
 be remarked, thai the Russians did not get Siberia under 
 their government until long after tlie period to which 
 our attention is now directed. 
 
 While his power remained his captives would be com- 
 pelled to keep their appointed station, but in after times 
 when terror and confusion was spread through that country 
 by die success ^ the Macedonian arms, and still more 
 when the mighty conqueror had paid the debt of nature, 
 leaving no heir to his crown, and his Generals became 
 Kings and rivals among the Asiatic States, while they 
 were waging war with one another and had more than 
 enough to do to defend their own kingdoms from the aspir- 
 
I • 
 
 ribes were 
 Monarch, 
 immense 
 now call 
 ited track, 
 kvortliy of 
 e of tlie 
 aenia and 
 this vast 
 r Gozan, 
 (le Metles 
 3wing off 
 tcr which 
 !re in up- 
 rty years, 
 acqnaint- 
 l the still 
 L't should 
 ia under 
 o which 
 
 be corn- 
 ier times 
 country 
 ill more 
 r nature, 
 became 
 lie they 
 re than 
 ►easpir- 
 
 129 
 
 ing chiefs; it does not apjiear tliat any obstacle would lie 
 in the way of these Isi-aelitish captives to move ofl-in a di- 
 rection contrary to that in which the civilized powers 
 were keenly contesting for a mastery, through what might 
 be called no man's land, to escape ejitirely from the 
 hands of tlieir enemies. 
 
 Possessed of die spirit of animosity which enflamed tlie 
 breast of the Assyrian; prince p^ainst these revolting triW, 
 after removing them t ) so great a distance from their own 
 country, it is not probable that he would appoint them a 
 place in the most fertile pmt of his dominions, but rather 
 on its Northern frontier, yet tliinly peoplcxl, where their 
 restless disi^ositions would place tlie peace of Media at no 
 risk. And so it appears from history thut he did. 
 
 Robertson, in his history of America, says of Uiis 
 country " that, if it was populated at all, it became so by 
 the Sannathians or Scythians. The land may be said to 
 have belonged to none.'* 
 
 Some communication had always been kept up acrass 
 the Nortliem parts of Asia in the way of trade, if it were 
 only for the skins and he rich furs always in request in 
 Babylon, and Assyria, and Persia. Through tlie means of 
 merchants in these articles of commerce, some knowledge 
 would be gained of cotmtries lying at a distance, and the 
 inhabitants of Media would not improbably learn that 
 there was a country lying to the North-east which was 
 visited for no other purpose than to obtain furs, in which 
 were no human inhabitants. To the natives of Media 
 and Persia this might be news of no interest, but in the 
 proscribed race ,f Israel, robbed of a valuable and beloved 
 
 
 !! a 
 
 II 
 
 ;! 
 

 1 
 
 1 
 
 •f 
 
 H 
 
 
 M- 
 
 , h 
 
 •VV 
 
 Q 
 
 <:';! 
 
 <: 
 
 ^;' 
 
 ■*] 
 
 
 t 
 
 •^v 
 
 1 „ I- 
 
 %, 
 
 'i 
 
 'O' 
 
 1 
 
 Ir 
 
 ^ ' 
 
 i 
 
 Jv 
 
 :*. 
 
 ♦l ■ 
 
 *• 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 :|l 
 
 1 
 
 ;*'■'■ 
 
 I I* 
 
 m 
 
 in 
 
 Mi 
 
 V ■ 
 (* ■ 
 
 h 
 
 
 130 
 
 home, to which they could not look with the expectation 
 of a return, it might well awaken expiring hope : they 
 would listen with eagerness to all the reports which were 
 brought by travellers conceming it, they might even re- 
 peat the cautionary measure of the great leader of their 
 ancestors, and send some men in the character of traders 
 to spy out the land, and might eventually take advantage 
 of the confused state of Median and Macedonian politics 
 to slip away, with such means of suhsistance us they could 
 procure : their immediate neighbours, happy to be released 
 from a large society of people whose manners were unlike 
 their ovni and whom they could regard in no other light 
 than conquered enemies. Than these none could be less 
 acceptable as neighbours. The inhabitants of Media and 
 Armenia might gladly act over again the part of the 
 E gyptians, and offer facilities to the escajje of a people 
 whom they could not look upon with pleasure. Let us 
 pursue the object before us. In their progress there 
 would be litile or nothing to impede them but the care 
 about provision, and one of the American ti*aditions says 
 that they suffered great hardships : perhaps, as in their fonn- 
 er pilgrimage so in this, all the soulr died who went out of 
 Media, or perhaps some may have reached the land they 
 had promised themselves. But liberty was in their eye. 
 To be free from the state of anarchy in which they had 
 long been in Canaan through the attacks of their enemies, 
 and out of the hands of the tyrant who had robbed them 
 of their all, to enjoy independance in a wide range of land 
 where no one could oppress them, and in which provision cf 
 various kinds was ready prepared to their hands — would be to 
 
:pectation 
 tpe : they 
 hich were 
 t even re- 
 er of their 
 • of traders 
 advantage 
 an politics 
 they could 
 be released 
 v^ere unlike 
 other light 
 uld be less 
 Media and 
 lart of the 
 f a people 
 3. Let us 
 press there 
 It the care 
 itions says 
 their fonn- 
 went out of 
 e land they 
 1 their eye. 
 1 they had 
 ir enemies, 
 hbed them 
 Dge of land 
 provision cf 
 would be to 
 
 131 
 
 obtain a land flowing indeed with milk and honey-literally 
 -and all their own, without even the danger of conquest. 
 The idea of subjection to a foreign prince was always a 
 galling load for a Hebrew to bear; the tributes they paid 
 ^vere the sorest of all tlieir grievances. They are so to 
 any nation, but were more especially so to these people 
 who boasted of being immediately in God's keeping, and 
 subject to no law but his, who held all idolaters in con- 
 tempt and thought tliem the enemies of Jehovah. On 
 their way to the Eastern shore they w .uld meet now and 
 then with travellers whose reports would revive their sink- 
 ing spirits, and enable them to submit to privations and 
 to suffer want, in the assurance that every day canied them 
 nearer to the end of their march and that then their toils 
 would be over. Vegetation of some sort would abound, 
 wild animals ^ -ght also range the forests and the wastes, 
 and in whatever way the wandering Scythians lived, they 
 might live in the same way. We who have been accus- 
 tomed to a peaceful residence with civiHzed manners and 
 plenty around, can form but a slight conception, scarcely 
 any at all, of the manner in which the huge armies of 
 Darius, of Alexander, of Xerxes, or of the Goths, were 
 supported widi their ten thousands of attendants. It has 
 been often said that where an Enj^lish Array would starve 
 a French one woulc' Hve well: if there be so much differ- 
 ence between those who in most points resemble each other, 
 what may not be the difference between the means of 
 maintaining at the present time a British population and 
 those which were required for an Eat^tem mass of people 
 two thousand years ago. 
 
 i 
 

 
 !'|i 
 
 ' r 
 
 i 
 
 
 i 
 
 ,y 
 
 
 } 
 
 1; 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 
 % 
 
 
 '•■i • 
 
 I'i 
 
 
 
 [■1 
 
 5; • 
 
 
 s 
 
 '^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 t'li ; 
 
 s 
 
 i!;. 
 
 1: 
 
 
 1 
 
 1 ; ■ 
 
 •| 
 
 * 1 
 
 13-2 
 
 Aliiong othef traditions which have been met with is 
 one upon the North-east coast of Asia, that very long ago, 
 a large body of jjeople coming out of tlie interior of the 
 country did pass over into America, men, women and 
 children. 
 
 And now let me direct the attention of my reader, not to 
 the prophetical but the historical aid we receive from 
 Scripture. The books of Esdras are not received into the 
 Canon of Scripture ; therex^ore I do not lay claim to 
 divine authority, nor do I need it in reporting a plain fact 
 known at the time of its being written, which was in the 
 second century of the Christian asra ; and evidently re- 
 lated by the writer with no design to impose a falsehood 
 upon any one : for he could have no possible motive for 
 venturing such a falsehood. In his second book 13. 50. 
 we read. '*And whereas thou sawest, that he, Jesus 
 Christ, gathered another peaceable multitude unto him : 
 those are the ten tribes, who were carried away prisoners 
 out of their own land in tlie time of Osea, the King, 
 whom Salmanazar, the King of Assyria, led away captive. 
 And he carried them over the waters, and so they came 
 into another land. But they took this council among 
 themselves, that they would leave the multitude of the 
 heathen, and go forth into a fartlier country where never 
 mankind dwelt, that they might there keep their statutef^, 
 which they never kept in tlieir own land. And they en- 
 tered into Euphrates by the narrow passes of the river; 
 for the Most High then shewed signs for them and held 
 still the flood till they were passed over : for through that 
 country there was a great way to go, namely, of a year 
 
fl' 
 
 it with is 
 long ago, 
 ior of the 
 men and 
 
 ler, not to 
 dve from 
 [J into the 
 
 claim to 
 plain fact 
 ?as in the 
 lently re- 
 falsehood 
 aotive for 
 5 13. 50. 
 le, Jesus 
 mto him: 
 
 prisoners 
 he King, 
 Lj captive, 
 •hev came 
 ;il among 
 de of the 
 lere never 
 ir statatef^, 
 I they en- 
 tile river; 
 
 and held 
 'ough that 
 
 of a year 
 
 133 
 
 cmd a half. And the same region is called Arsareth." 
 
 Euphrates was a term common with the Jews to signify a 
 
 gi-eat river or hody of water— this was in a country heyond 
 
 that to which they were canied captive— God stopped the 
 
 waters, froze them up, to let them pass— they went into 
 
 a farther country where never man dwelt— and it was a 
 
 great way off. All this account well corresponds with 
 
 what has heen said before, of the facilities which would 
 
 offer themselves for their journey, and I think I may add, 
 
 in the language of the mechanic, that it serves to dove-tail 
 
 the statements abeady given, and to bring down my history 
 
 in a clear and connected manner to that fatal war, which 
 
 put an end to the Kingdom of Israel and gave a large and 
 
 active population to the wilds, the woods, the mountains, 
 
 and the Savannahs of a new world. 
 
 In reference to what has been stated at page 117, rela- 
 tive to the Copper-mine river, the place of landing in 
 America, according to an ancient tradition, it may be°ob. 
 served, that near Bhering's Straits there is a place called 
 Co]5per Island, from the vast quantities of that metal 
 which are there found. In Grieve's history we are informed, 
 that copper covers the shore in great abundance, so that 
 r hips might be loaded with the ore. In consequence of 
 which report, the Gazetteer informs us, that an attempt 
 was made in 1770 to obtain a load of it, but that the ice, 
 even in July, was so abundant, and other difficulties so 
 great, that the object was relinquished. There are other 
 authorities to support this tradition, that in former times 
 gi-eat quantities of copper were seen in those parts. And 
 I will add, that the probability seems to be, that soon after 
 
 N 
 
 \ I 
 
 i 
 
 i I 
 
 HI 
 
134 
 
 the banishment of these trihes from their own land, into 
 one of the very outskirts of the territory of their conqueror, 
 they proceeded onward and reached this continent through 
 the North-east passage : perhaps even before the captivity 
 of the Jews. We have no reason given us to suppose, 
 that they were carried captive for any use that the King 
 of Assyria could make of them. They were not made 
 slaves in his capital, nor employed in raising pyramids or 
 other public works; but were placed where they would be 
 out of the way of mischief. The captor appears to have 
 wanted, not them, but their land, to complete his conquests : 
 into which he sent a colony of his ancient subjects, to 
 inhabit it, in whom he could place a greater confidence 
 than he could place in a newly conquered nation, proud 
 of supposed privileges and indignant of slavery. 
 
 J 
 
Tn 
 
 and, into 
 )nqueror, 
 t through 
 captivity 
 suppose, 
 the King 
 lot made 
 ramids or 
 would be 
 i to have 
 )nqu€Sts : 
 jjeets, to 
 onfidence 
 >n, proud 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 ON THE ARTS AND THE SCIENCE OF THE INDIANS. 
 
 XT has been chiefly through the means of pious men of 
 the United States, that we have been brought acquainted 
 with the American Indiana, and their acquaintance has 
 been most intimately with those tribes which inhabited 
 the back settlements, and the land lying towards the 
 Pacific Ocean. These aie the tribes which have discovered 
 the least of civilization, they have dwelt in a country 
 abounding in immense forests, which have been stored 
 with a profusion of game and wild cattle of various kinds; 
 and, being of a warlike character, have been at perpetual 
 war with ea^h other, and lived in a half savage, half 
 civihzed state, in the ordinaiy enjoyment of abundance; 
 but, having no written means of instruction, have remained 
 stationary, and have had no inclination to form themselves 
 into better constructed and more enlightened society. B ut 
 we. are not therefore to conclude, that civilization has not 
 taken place among any of these people; for on tlie 
 contrary, it is well known, that there has been a great 
 
 n2 
 
 !■! 
 
 S ! 
 
 i i 
 
 ■1; i 
 
 !i I 
 
 i:- :« 
 
136 
 
 II 
 
 i 
 
 
 progress towards refinement, arts have been carried to a 
 great extent, and there was a period, the date of which we 
 ca.nnot now ascertain, when Egypt herself could not 
 furnish greater marks of industry, ingenuity and per- 
 severance in the mechanic arts, than these people have 
 exhibited. 
 
 These have been inquired into with gi-eat industry by 
 Baron Humboldt, a native of Gemiany, whose Essays on 
 the Kingdom of New Spain were published in New 
 York in 1811. He ventures not any opinion on the origin 
 of the people, but says that in New Spain, Peru, Canada, 
 Florida and Brazil, there is a marked resemblance 
 prevailing among them; and he adds, "In the faithful 
 portrait which an excellent observer, Mr. Volnt-y, has 
 drawn of the Canada Indians, we recognize the tribes 
 scattered in the meadows of Rio Apure and the Corona." 
 
 "ITiey — the Mexicans before the Spanish conquest 
 — had an almost exact knowledge of the duration of the 
 year, and mtercalated at the end of their gi-eat period of a 
 hundred and four years with more accuracy than did the 
 Greeks, Romans and Egyptians. The Taultees in the 
 seventh and the Aztees in the twelfth centuries, as he 
 learned from the hieroglyphical tables of the latter, which 
 tables ti'ansmit to us the memory of the principal epochs 
 of migration among the tribes, drew up the geographical 
 map of the Country traversed by them ; constructed cities, 
 highways, dikes, canals, and immense pyramids very 
 accurately designed, of 1416 feet in length. That of 
 Cholula is 177 feet in height, it has four stories, lies 
 exactly with the meridian, north and south, the width 
 
 the 
 
 ihi 
 
Tied to a 
 vhich we 
 )uld not 
 and per- 
 ple have 
 
 iustry by 
 Issays on 
 in New 
 ;he origin 
 Canada, 
 smblance 
 3 faithful 
 Iney, has 
 he tribes 
 
 I^orona." 
 
 conquest 
 )n of the 
 2riod of a 
 n did the 
 2S in the 
 es, as he 
 er, which 
 al epochs 
 graphical 
 ted cities, 
 lids very 
 That of 
 >ries, lies 
 he width 
 
 137 
 
 nearly equal to the length, and is composed of alternate 
 strata of brick and clay. Many other pyramids are of the 
 same construction but not so large, and bear a great 
 resemblance to the temple of Belus at Babylon, and to 
 the pyramids near Sackhara in Egypt. On that of 
 Cholula is a Church surrounded by cypress : the length 
 of the base is greater by ahnost half than that of the great 
 pyramid Cheops, and exceeds all that are known on the 
 old continent, and is constructed on a similar plan with 
 them.'* 
 
 Humboldt adds. " How is it possible to doubt, that the 
 Mexican nation had arrii^ed at a certain degree of civili- 
 zation, when we reflect on the care wth which their 
 hieroglypliical books were composed and kept; and 
 recollect that a citizen of Thascala in the midst of the 
 tumults of war took advantage of the facility offered him 
 by the Roman alphabet, to write in his own language five 
 large volumes on the history of a country, of which he 
 deplored the subjection. Their hieroglyphical paintin<^s, 
 buildings of hewn stone, curious carvings in wood and 
 works of sculpture still in preservation, though they do 
 not discover any great excellence, yet bear a striking ana- 
 logy to the monuments of more civiUzed people." 
 
 In the Archaeologia Americana, containmg Transactions 
 and Collections of the American Antiquarian Society, pub - 
 lished at Worcester in 1820, are described antiquities of 
 the people who formerly inhabited the western parts of the 
 United States : from these are taken the following extracts. 
 
 "The military works, the walls and ditches which cost 
 so much labour in their structure, the numerous and tasty 
 
 n3 
 
 .1 : 
 
 n 
 
 I 
 
 {■ 
 
 I I 
 
^^ 
 
 -K, 
 
 w 
 
 < ? 
 
 •> ■ 
 
 
 a,' 
 
 IS* 
 
 ' i! • 
 
 > -;t^: 
 
 138 
 
 mounds, which owe theu* origin to a people far more civil- 
 ized than our Indians but far less so than Europeans, are 
 interesting on many accounts to the antiquarian, the i)hilo- 
 sopher and the divine : especially when we consider 
 the immense extent of country which they cover, the great 
 labour which they cost their authors, the acquaintance with 
 the useful arts which they display, the grandeur of many 
 of the works themselves, and the traditionary accounts re- 
 specting them. They were once forts, cemeteries, temples, 
 altars, camps, towns, villages, race grounds, and other places 
 of amusement, habitations for chieftains, Avatch-towers 
 and monuments. From what we see of these works, th<' 
 people inust have had some acquaintance with the arts and 
 sciences. They have left us perfect specimens of circles, 
 squares, octagons and parallel lines, on a gi'eat and noble 
 scale ; and we also know, that they possessed the art of 
 working metals. Theii- wells, with stones at their mo hs 
 remind us of those described in the patriarchal age." 
 
 "Near Newark, in Licking County, Ohio, between 
 two branches of the Licking river, at their junction, is one 
 of the most notable remains of the ancient works. It is 
 a fort inclosing forty acres, whose walls are ten feet high, 
 with eight gateways, eacrh fifteen feet. Each gate guarded 
 by a wall placed before it. Near this fort was another 
 containing twenty two acres and connected with it by two 
 parallel walls of earth. Just without a gateway there is 
 an observatory so high as to command a view of the region 
 to a great distance ; from which is a secret passage to an 
 ancient watercourse — other forts join to them, with watch- 
 towers sun'oundcd by circular walls. These forts were 
 
)ro civil - 
 euns, are 
 lie pliilo- 
 consider 
 he great 
 nice with 
 of many 
 Qunts re- 
 teinples, 
 ler places 
 .'h-tovvers 
 orks, the 
 ! arts and 
 »t' circleti, 
 nd noble 
 the art ol' 
 ir mo hs 
 ge." 
 
 between 
 Ml, is ont- 
 ks. It is 
 feet high, 
 B guardetl 
 s another 
 it l)y two 
 i there is 
 he region 
 sage to an 
 ith watch- 
 forts were 
 
 139 
 
 so placed as to enclose a number of large fields Ibr cultnre, 
 and appear to have had a communication with other fort« 
 by long parallel walls to the distance of many miles; tho 
 planning of which works of defence speaks volumes in la- 
 vour of the sagacity of their authors. I'umuli, and Si.uie 
 of them built of stone, are found about them. Pieces of 
 eurthenwaie, ornamented and glazed, pieces of copper and 
 tools of iron are found in these works." 
 
 An account is given of several of this kind of military 
 works, with various tools and instruments dug up iVom 
 them, as spears, swords, knives, bricks well burned, mir- 
 rors of isinglass, stone axes and knives, oniaments ol" cop- 
 per and of silver, a crucible that will still bear the usual 
 heat, a stone pipe curiously wrought in high relief; on the 
 front side a handsome female face. In the Tumuli have 
 been found immense numbers of human bones, indicating 
 a great population, or a vast destruction of life in war. 
 
 A writer in the Archaeolcgia mentions one place, near the 
 junction of the Ohio with the Missisippi, whqre are more 
 than three thousand Tumuli, the largest of huge dmiensions. 
 " I have been sometimes induced," he says, "to think that at 
 the ])eriod when these were constructed, there was a popu- 
 lation 83 numerous as that which once animated the bor- 
 ders of the Nile or tli« Euphrates. I am jierfectly satisfied 
 that cities similar to those of ancient IVIexico, of several 
 hundred thousand souls, have existed in this countrv. 
 Nearly opposite St. Louis, there are traces of two sudi 
 rities in the distance of five miles." 
 
 Near Mexico are many pyramids whicli of themselves 
 <liscovta- in the difficulty of their constniction a vast 
 
 i 
 
lis 
 
 I 
 
 140 
 
 population. There is a group of them in an adjoining valley, 
 called the Path of the Dead, two large ones, surrounded by 
 hundreds of smaller ones, which form square streets with 
 tlie cardinal points of the compass. They are much in 
 the style of the Egyptian pyramids. The two gieat ones 
 had on their summit huge statutes of the sun and moon, 
 formed of stone and covered with plates of gold, which 
 the soldiers of Cortes plundered : these were not idols 
 which they worshipped, as stated by the Spaniards, but 
 emblems of tlie Great Spirit. 
 
 " About thirty years ago one of these pyramids was 
 discovered by some hunters in a thick forest, built of 
 hewn stone of a vast size and very beautiful ; it has six 
 or seven stories ; three staircases lead to the top. The 
 covering of its steps is decorated with hieroglyphical 
 sculpture and small niches arranged with perfect sym- 
 metry." 
 
 In removing a large mound in Marietta bones of a per- 
 son were found. "Lying immediately over, or on the 
 forehead of the body, were found three large circular 
 bosses, or ornaments for a sword belt, or a buckler ; they 
 are composed of copper, overlaid with a thick plate of silver. 
 The fronts of them are slightly convex, with a depression, 
 like a cup, in the centre, and measure two inches and a 
 (piarter across the face of each. On the back side, opposite 
 the depressed portion, is a copper rivet or nail, around 
 which are two separate plates, by which they were fastened 
 to the leather. Two small pieces of the leather were found 
 between the plates of one of the bosses." "Near the side 
 of the'D^o^y was found a plate of silver, which appears to 
 
141 
 
 liave been the upper part of a sword scabbard ; it is six 
 inches in length and f.vo in breadth, and weighs one ounce ; 
 it has no ornaments or figures, but has three longitudinal 
 ridges, which probably coiTesi)ond with the edges or ridges 
 of the sword; it seems to have been fastened to the scab- 
 bard by three or four rivets, the holes of which yet remain 
 in tlie silver. 
 
 " Near the feet was found a piece of copper weighing 
 three ounces. From its shape it appears to have been used 
 as a plumb, or for an ornament, as near one of the ends is 
 a circular crease, or groove, for tying a thread ; it is oblong, 
 two inches and a half in length, one inch in diameter at 
 the centre and half an inch at each end. It is com])osed 
 of small pieces of native cop^XT, pounded together; and in 
 the cracks between the pieces are stuck several pieces of 
 silver; one nearly the size o* t^ four-penny piece, or half a 
 dime. This copper oniaracnt was covered with a coat of 
 green rust, and is considerably corroded. A piece of red 
 ochre, or paint, and a piece of iron ore, which has the appear- 
 ance of having been partially vitrified, or melted, were also 
 found. The ore is about the specific gravity of pure iron." 
 From the preceding facts it appears, that at some 
 period previous to the anival of the Spaniards in Ame- 
 rica, there had existed great and powerful nations in 
 difTerent parts of that continent, who wcie much advanced 
 in the knowledge of Arts, possessed considerable mecha- 
 nical genius, and understood Astronomy and Geography, 
 to a mucli greater degree than any of the Inhabitants ap- 
 peared to possess on their arrival ; and had been highly 
 civilized and polished nations, compared with all those 
 
143 
 
 Oi 
 
 
 of the Northern or Southern division of it : and that 
 they had been destroyed by an irruption of the wild and 
 wandering tribes ; in a manner somewhat similar to what 
 happened on the irruption of the Goths and Vandals 
 in the Southern Kingdoms of Europe. With perhaps 
 this difference that, like them, they neither received the 
 polish of the eonquerea nor submitted to the laws of their 
 religion. There always must be a general similarity of 
 conduct in unciviHzed people who are seeking conquest ; 
 but characteristic propensities may occasion some differ- 
 ences. And it has been remaiked, that among the Indian 
 iniyea a strong and inconquerablc hatred subsisted in time 
 of war between some and others of them. So great was 
 the disgrace attached to capture, that the warriors seldom 
 suffered tliemselves to be taken prisoners. They either 
 conquered or died : and many instances are known, of some 
 of them which once were numerous being almost or en- 
 tirely extirpated. Women and children were always 
 spared and treated kindly by them; and, being adopted 
 into their own tribes, were in future regarded as a part of 
 them. And in this way we may well account for the 
 destruction of the more enlightened nations; these ruins of 
 whose towns, and forts, and pyramids &c., alone remain 
 to give us a notion of what thoy were. The Indians of 
 America have the character of being hostile to the neigh- 
 bouring tribes : especially those that are the most rude. 
 Having little to defend, they are the more jealous of any 
 who might rob them of that little, and have ever discovered 
 much of that fraternal animosity by which the children of 
 Israel were distinguished; who fought, not only Judah 
 
143 
 
 against Israel and Israel against Judah, with a deadly 
 hatred, but also one family oflsrael against another Ciinilv. 
 The tawny tribes of Africa are carrying on i)eri)etual 
 skirmishings against each other; and it is, in order to 
 obtain prisoners to be converted into slaves of christian 
 men; but the Indiana, like the Jews of oW, wage wais of 
 extermination, and in this peculiar jjoint, in which they 
 do not iwiemble any nation we are acquainted with, they 
 have the appearance of being of one kindred, and possess- 
 ing one cruel and murderous mind. The King of Israel 
 could wage war against his brethren, and "slay in Judaii 
 one hundred and twenty thousand in one day" who were all 
 valiant men, 2 Chro. 28. 5, "and carry captive two hundred 
 thousand women, sons and daughters, and hring them to 
 Samaria." And whit could poor Indians do more ? 
 
 The above remarks may apply with the gi-eatest truth 
 to the Mexic ms. It does not appear that the enlightened 
 inhabitants of Peru have been thus invaded by the hostile 
 tribes; for when Pizarro made the conquest of tliat coun- 
 tiy, they were in the enjoyment of a perfect peace, with 
 the monuments of their art and industry fresh around 
 them. The great labour of these vile invaders was, to 
 destroy all the marks of intellect which they found among 
 them, and reduce the people to a state of the most savage 
 ignorance. Accordingly we are told by Humboldt; 
 
 "That in order to reduce the intellectual charaetei c ' 
 the natives as much as possible, and to make them so 
 much the more fit for the slavery to which tliey were de- 
 voted, all the better informed of the inhabitants, among 
 whom was a certain degree of intellectual culture, were 
 
 W 
 
 i ; 
 
I 'l 
 
 
 s' 
 
 144 
 
 in one way or another destroyed by the invaders at the 
 commencement of the conquest. Fanaticism— if that 
 can be called by the name which in point of fact had, as 
 we believe, little or no religion in it— was directed espe- 
 cially against the Priests, the Ministers of religion, and 
 those who were connected with the houses of worship, 
 who were the depositories of the historical, mythological 
 and astronomical knowledge of the country. These people 
 were completely annihilated, the more effectually to secure 
 the cruel object of ^' ' ferocity; while the hieroglyphical 
 paintings and other remains of learning, which transmitted 
 from generation to generation the knowleuge of their 
 antiquities and of their religion, were carefully destroyed 
 by the Monks. So that the people might be deprived of 
 all their former means of religious instruction and of religi- 
 ous zeal, and an ignorance the most complete might 
 ovei-spread all that remained of the ancient race : which 
 the christian Priests took effectual care to maintain." 
 
 "Long before th' arrival of the Spaniards the natives 
 of Mexico, as well aS of Peru, were acquainted with the 
 use of many of the metals. They did not content them- 
 selves with those which were found in their native state 
 on the surface of the earth, in the beds of rivers or in the 
 mvines fomed by the torrents from, the mountains : they 
 had applied themselves to subteiTaneous operations in the 
 working of veins, they had cut galleries and dug pits of 
 communication and ventilation, and they had iiistruments 
 adapted for cutting the rocks. Gold, silver, copper, lead 
 and tin were publicly sold in some of their markets." 
 
 l!;: 
 
CHAPTER X. 
 
 THE HEBREW TESTIMONY. 
 
 n 
 
 I 
 
 iDight 
 which 
 
 Un the 18th of August, in the year 1644, a very smaU 
 Book was puhhshed in Amsterdam, with the title. The 
 Gathering of Israel, first ^vritten in Dutch by Manasseh 
 Israel, and afterwards in Hebrew by Jacob, leader of the 
 Synagogue of that City, for the benefit of the Jews gene- 
 rally. The Hebrew copy fell by mere accident lately into 
 my hand; the contents of which I acquired by the assist- 
 ance of a learned Jew of Plymouth. The writer was a 
 man held in high esteem by the Hebrew people, and he 
 gives a very good account of the person from whom he 
 received the intelligence which occasioned his publishing 
 the book, as a man worthy of credit, who did not appear 
 to have any motive for giving a false account of his travels 
 This man's name was Aaron Levi, a Portuguese Jew. 
 He was travelling on business, and came to the capital of 
 Holland a short time before the pubhcation made its 
 appearance. His account is as follows. He had been at 
 Honduras from whence he proceeded to Papuan, perhaps 
 
 
 o 
 
 i II 
 
i 
 
 i~ 
 
 > 
 
 ): 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 - I 
 
 
 w, 
 
 
 
 '■f 
 
 ;' 
 
 
 ; * i 
 
 
 .^■ 
 
 
 1 M 
 
 
 f . 7^ 
 
 
 
 
 ■"■ , 
 
 
 ^1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 146 
 
 Popayan, that is, he says, to Quito, where he hired mules 
 of a Spaniard to go into the Country, and took with him 
 a guide who was called Francisco. With him he proceed- 
 ed towards the Cordilleras. Falling into conversation 
 with his guide, he found him to be one of the original 
 natives of America, who had much violence and injustice 
 to charge the Spaniards with. He complained bitterly of 
 their cruelties, and expressed not only a hope, but even 
 a persuasion, that his countrymen would one day have the 
 satisfaction of a revenge through the means of a people 
 that were then concealed. Aaron's curiosity was much 
 excited to know mo:, of these people ; and learning from 
 his guide that some of them wore very long beards, others 
 short ones, and that they observed the rite of circumcision, 
 his anxiety greatly increased to see them, and he begged 
 his guide to accompany him to the place where they re- 
 sided. His guide consented, and he gave him three dol- 
 lars to buy provisions, with a part of which money he 
 purchased canvas shoes, and they began their journey. 
 As they proceeded Francisco *nade many enquiries 
 about Aaron's friends and origin. He asked liim if he 
 knew who was his original ancestor; to which Aaron 
 replied yes, his name was Abraham, and added that he 
 believed in one God that is in Heaven, and that all else 
 that is said about God is false. Francisco then bound the 
 stranger by an oath, that he would not betray him, either 
 as to any thing he saw or any thing he heard, and that he 
 would do as he directed him. Having travelled two days, 
 the Indian made him put on the canvas shoes, take a 
 staff and follow him.—He does not assign his reasons for 
 
5J mules 
 vith him 
 proceed- 
 rersation 
 original 
 injustice 
 itterly of 
 3ut even 
 have the 
 a people 
 IS much 
 ng from 
 s, others 
 meision, 
 B begged 
 they re- 
 tiree dol- 
 loney he 
 journey, 
 bnquiries 
 im if he 
 ti Aaron 
 I that h(! 
 ,t all else 
 ound the 
 til, either 
 I that he 
 ;vvo days, 
 s, take a 
 a?ons for 
 
 147 
 
 this change; probably they were climbing the mountains, 
 and the staff and the shoes were useful in their progress.- 
 Iho Indian carried widi him three measures of wheat 
 aud two ropes, in oneofwlich were many knous and .t 
 the ends ol them were short iron spikes, to throw (l,e says) 
 among the rocks as they climbed up. On the Sabbath 
 day they rested, and after two days journey more tJiev 
 arrived at the bank of a large river, much larger than the 
 J^ouro. His guidethen said to him, "here you will see 
 your brethren." Having made a kind of flag with two 
 pieces of cotton cloth, he waved it backward and forward 
 >vheu a great smoke arose on the other side the river! 
 That smoke," said thelndian, "is a sign that they know w. 
 are here - he then gave another sign, ai.d three men and 
 a woman came over in a little boat. Aaron did not under- 
 stand the language in which these persons spoke, but his 
 guide understood them: they looked hard in his face ex 
 pressed g,.eat pleasure at seeing .Jm, and jumped about 
 and embraced, and kissed him. They said to him and 
 It was explained by Francisco, m Lord is our God 
 the Lard i. One. see Deut. 6. 4. They used signs which 
 Uie guide explained; tiiey evidently knew that he was a 
 Jew. They said Joseph dwells in the midst of the Sea 
 and held up two fingers, 5m joined together and then' 
 lield apart, to intimate that they were two families de- 
 scended from one head-Manasseh and Ephraim-and 
 added, there wiU be a day on which we shall all meet: and 
 you will tell oar bretliren, that you were die first tliat 
 <^ame here to us : no one of tJiem has been here befbre you. 
 IJpon this Aaron made a motion to get into the boat. 
 
 o2 
 
i 
 
 i 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 1 < 
 
 us 
 
 4 ; 
 
 ^1 
 
 
 ( s 
 
 148 
 
 but they checked him, and, stniggling with them, he fell 
 into the water; they took him out, but refused to let him 
 go over with them. For three successive days the boat 
 continued to move to and fro across the water, bringing 
 always four persons at a tune; so that he supposed he saw 
 about three hundred of them. 
 
 His account of the people is, that their countenances 
 were much burned by the sun, that they were of a fine 
 tall strait figure, many with beards, and that they wore on 
 their heads a kind of turban. They gave directions to 
 the Indian to tell him more about them, and then took 
 their leave : on which the Jew and his guide returned to 
 
 Quito. 
 
 On their way Aaron said to his guide, "now smce you 
 know a good deal about these people, you must tell me all 
 you know, for they ordered you to tell me." The guldens 
 answer was, "I will tell you the truth, and if you are not 
 satisfied with what I tell you, and waut to know more, I 
 shall tell you false : what I know I learned from my ances- 
 tors, and it was handed down to them by tradition. The 
 Almighty brought the children of Israel mto this country 
 by great miracles and wonderful works; if I told you all, 
 you would thmk them contrary to nature. When we 
 came into this coimtry we had great battles with the people 
 that lived here before us, and the wizards, of whom there 
 were many among us, advised us to go to the place where 
 those people whom you have just seen are, and make war 
 against them; which we did, and all our army was de- 
 stroyed. Then we gathered a larger army and fought with 
 them ; and that army was also cut oflT. A third time we 
 
I, he fell 
 olet him 
 the boat 
 bringing 
 )d he saw 
 
 itenances 
 of a fine 
 1 wore on 
 jctions to 
 then took 
 itumed to 
 
 since you 
 tell me all 
 lie guide*s 
 3a are not 
 w more, I 
 my ances- 
 ion. The 
 is country 
 ,d you all. 
 When we 
 the people 
 horn there 
 lace where 
 make war 
 ly was de- 
 bughtwith 
 rd time we 
 
 149 
 
 collected all our men of war together, and none of thein 
 returned alive. We then tliought that the wizards had 
 given this advice through spite; and they that remained 
 rose against them and killed a great many of them • the 
 otiiers begged for their life, which was grunted, on condi- 
 tion of their telling them die truth. Then the old mt-n 
 taught us, that the God of the chUdren of Israel is tlie 
 true God, and that his commandments are true; and that 
 a time wiU come when these people will have rule over the 
 whole earth. Peace was then made between us all, on 
 condition tiiat we should never pass over the river to them, 
 but that every seventeen moons one of their people should 
 come amongst us, to make us a visit and enquire about 
 our prosperity, and that the secret of their concealment' 
 should not be revealed to any one who was not three 
 hundred moons old; that it should never be revealed in 
 any house, but in the field in the open air, that none 
 might overhear. There has been communication between 
 them and us only three times; the first when the Spaniards 
 came over into the country, the second when ships caine 
 into the sea of Zur, and the third time is the present of 
 your coming." 
 
 The above historical circumstances are related in the 
 preface to the little book, which forms a comparatively 
 large portion of it: after which the Author proceeds to 
 make remai-ks on the Narrative of Aaron Levi. He says 
 that before this time it was quite out of his power to obtain 
 any satisfactory information of the ten tiibes. He had 
 read several accounts of them, but could rely upon none. 
 He quotes some of these accounts, giving the particular] 
 
 o3 
 
tll 
 
 i'A H 
 
 ■ I u 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 150 
 
 and his reasons for discrediting them. One of them. 
 Arias Montana, says, "The language of the Peruvians is 
 the same as our language/' 
 
 The Jews receive and acknowledge four hooks of Ezra, 
 
 written in the time of Hosea; the first is that which is in 
 
 oiur Bible; in the fourth Ezra writes — "that the ten 
 
 tribes were solicitous to find a place in which they might 
 
 remain quiet and at peace. So they passed over the 
 
 Euphrates, God performing a miracle and stopping the 
 
 water, that they might pass safely over. They then came 
 
 to a country called Arsaret, which is Great Tartary, and 
 
 passing through it they arrived at an Island called Grona, 
 
 from whence they crossed a narrow passage to a land called 
 
 Labrador, which is India." The passage already quoted 
 
 fifom Esdras has much the appeai'ance of having been 
 
 taken from it. 
 
 Another writer says, "Arsaret is the outer part of the 
 continent, which is Tartary on the Sea, and that Plyneas 
 writes, that from thence there is a narrow passage over to 
 another land." 
 
 Another writer mentions the fact, "that the Spaniards 
 found a tombstone in Mexico which was engraven in the 
 Hebrew language, that the customs of the American 
 Indians where just like those of the Jews, and that some 
 of them were known to use the rite of circumcision." 
 Upon the whole this writer appear.^ fully satisfied, that by 
 some means or other a considerable portion of the ten 
 tribes went over into America ; and thinks it probable, that 
 Reuben, Gad and Manasseh, which were taken away in 
 the first captivity, anrl placed among the Mountains of 
 

 of them, 
 rnvians is 
 
 i of Ezra, 
 hich is in 
 t the ten 
 ley might 
 over the 
 pping the 
 then came 
 rtary, and 
 3d Grona, 
 [and called 
 iy quoted 
 ving been 
 
 part of the 
 at Plyneas 
 Lge over to 
 
 Spaniards 
 Lven in the 
 American 
 that some 
 umcision." 
 dd, that by 
 of the ten 
 (bable, that 
 in away in 
 )untains of 
 
 151 
 
 Media, by the King of Ashur, were the earliest to go 
 there. And that the / wcie afterwards followed by the 
 men of the second captivity. 
 
 Here is an evidence, coming in an oblique direction, 
 which carries with it, as 1 conceive, gi-eat conviction, tliat 
 It was known to the learned among the Jewish people two 
 hundrc'l years ago, scarcely half a century after the con^ 
 quest of Peru, that some of their brethren, of whom they 
 had long lo ,t sight, were safely settled in the continent of 
 America: that the fate of these people had engaged the 
 attention of many of their writers, who had solicitously 
 enquired after th. ir destination ; and that at last, one who 
 held a high rank among them, published in his own lan- 
 guage a httle book, for the express puipose of declaiing, 
 that, although he had hitherto been ignorant of their fate, 
 he wa3 then satisfied, by evidence which he saw no reason 
 to discredit, that at least a pait of them were safely esta- 
 blished as a separate people among the vast range of the 
 Cordilleras. 
 
 There is considerable difBculty in deciphering some 
 of the proper names which are found in this little book : 
 the Hebrew characters not con'esponding exactly with the 
 English, and the manner of writing the words depending 
 on the reporter's pronunciation, and tlie names of places 
 and of countries not being the same two hundred years 
 ago, in the languages in which the books were written, 
 that they are now in our Atlas. 
 
 Another remark may be of some interest to the reader : 
 whether when these people made use of the passage that ig 
 found in Deuteronomy, The Lord is our God, the Lord is 
 
152 
 
 ) ( 
 
 t-V 
 
 I i 
 
 i-tli 
 
 I 
 
 One, they would, had they been permitted, have used the 
 word Jehovah. But the reporter could not inform us of 
 this very important fact, which would so clearly illustrate 
 the subject; for no Jew is allowed to write that word on 
 any occasion whatever, except in copying the books of 
 Moses, nor to utter it on any such an occasion : and, when 
 the word occurs in i-eading any part of those books in the 
 Synagogue on the Sabbath day, they always substitute 
 for it the term adonai. Admitting even that ^hey were of 
 the Hebrew nation, they must have said, and Jacob must 
 have written, adonai. 
 
 The Indian, who acted as interpreter on tliis occasion, 
 spoke of people who were in the country when his ances- 
 tors arrived in it; which may lead some to suppose, that 
 these Hebrew tribes were not the first to colonize the 
 American continent, or at least that part of it which lies 
 below the Cordilleras towards the sea. It is not clear 
 however from this man'o relation, that they carried on war 
 against any but those on the other side the river, nor is 
 any motive assigned for their attempting to disturb them 
 in tlieir settlement If the supposition of this learned Jew 
 be correct, it will appear, that the first persons who came 
 there were the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim 
 who stationed chemselves beyond the river, and that some 
 other wanderers of the same migration aftenvards settled 
 in Peru, and having skirmished awhile with their neigh- 
 bours, ultimately formed the kingdom which sprang up 
 and was consolidated under the Incas; a peaceful and 
 happy nation. 
 
 The term Wizard used by the Indian is, in this little 
 
153 
 
 used the 
 rm us of 
 illustrate 
 : word on 
 books of 
 nd, when 
 ks in the 
 ubstitute 
 y were of 
 cob must 
 
 occasion, 
 is ajices- 
 lose, that 
 nize the 
 '^hich lies 
 not clear 
 i on war 
 r, nor is 
 irb them 
 med Jew 
 ho came 
 Ephraim 
 bat some 
 Is settled 
 ir neigh- 
 )rang up 
 eful and 
 
 his little 
 
 book, the same word as is found in the Hebrew Bible and 
 translated Wizard in ours : an order of men for whom tlie 
 degenerate Israelites had a high regard, and to whom tlicy 
 applied habitually for advice in all difficult cases; as ap- 
 pears from many demmciations of the Prophets. And, 
 as Moses in his law guarded them against their imposi-, 
 tions, and forbade the people to apply to them, it would 
 appear; tliat they brought with them some of this order 
 into the land of promise, who had learnetl their magic arts 
 in Egypt; that they retained them in the land of Canaan, 
 where tliey recovered their plenary power under the 
 Idolatrous Kings of Israel; and that they still preserved 
 that power after they had emigi-ated to the new world. 
 Their ancient priests had been long neglected ; but wiz- 
 ards and necromancers were still in esteem. That the 
 people finding themselves deceived by the wizards, who 
 we are to suppose were numerous and fonning an order 
 in the state, should rise against them and kill a great many 
 of them, is exactly what their ancestors had been every 
 now and then in the habit of doing with their ghostly 
 advisers. One time it was the Priests of the Lord who 
 were slain by scores and by hundreds : another it was tlie- 
 Priests of Baal who fell in crowds : and again we read, of 
 all the witches and wizards of the land being put to deatli. 
 Such was the spirit of this people : they were always a 
 murderous set 
 
 When we find that the Jewish nation had entirely lost 
 sight of their brethren, the Children of Israel, and had 
 not been able before the period in which this httle book 
 was written to obtain any information as to what had be- 
 
 if 
 
 
 
^Il 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 :'! 
 
 1 
 
 154 
 
 coiuo of them, we need not wonder that CInistian writers 
 were a( an utter loss to account for their entire disajjpear- 
 ance ; tliat Prideaiix should unhesitatingly declare, that 
 they were merged and lost in the Asiatic tribes; and that 
 Gibbon should give himself no trouble to account for the 
 tofcjil destruction of a nation once so peculiar in their habits, 
 so deeply i ooted in national prejudice, and so distinguished 
 as these descendants of the Hebrew i)eople were. His 
 l)roud and unbelieving spirit would perhaps grudge the 
 labour of research after thcni. The ruler of the Syna- 
 gogue at Amsterdam had been interested in the question 
 of their final destiny; he could not be satisfied that they 
 had be6n abandoned by their Almighty Friend, and had 
 taken pains to search into every thing that had been writ- 
 ten concerning them : but without success. 
 
 It is only by uniting facts which time brings to light, 
 that circumstances of so mysterious a nature, as the disaj> 
 pearance of tliis great body of people, can find an explana- 
 tion ; and then it is the bearing of one discovery upon 
 anotlier, and their leading to the developement, rather 
 than a direct and clear evidence, that unfolds the liidden 
 secret and brings satisfaction to the mind. 
 
 r •» 
 
 K^\ 
 
His 
 
 CHAPTER XL 
 
 THE INVASION OF CORTES. 
 
 In the year 1578, a book was published in London with 
 Uie tule "The Pleasant Historie of the Conquest of the 
 V Veast IiKlia, now called new Spayne, Atchieued by the 
 vvorthy Prince Hernando Cortes, Marques of the vall.v of 
 Huaxacat, most delectable to Reade." 
 
 This is a translation from the Spanish, and is printed 
 m the old Enghsh Black Letter. I have it in my posses- 
 sion and esteem it a curiosity. It betrays too surel. 
 both the mdisposition of the Spaniards to think, or at 
 ieast, to speak justly of those truly interesting people 
 the pams they took to misrepresent them, either tlirou^h 
 ignorance or base design, and the steady and perseverir-^ 
 use Cortes made of the name of Religion, as a plea for his 
 usurpation and apology for all his cruelties. Throughout 
 this book they are represented as idolaters of the basest 
 land; they are charged with sacrificing thousands of their 
 enemies and also of their own peo])le to their deity; thev 
 are spoken of as constantly and ordinarily feeding on 
 
 i I 
 
 j ii 
 

 lis 
 
 -I 
 
 4 ■ 
 
 ^■. 
 «. 
 
 15G 
 
 human carcases; and, to crown all, it is the Devil who is 
 their favorite deity and chief adviser, in all the stej)s they 
 were induced to take to resist these worthy christians ; 
 who came to visit them with no other design than to make 
 them cease from human sacrifice, give up the worship of 
 the Devil, and receive the glad tidings of Salvation through 
 Christ Jesus. It is a heart-rending history indeed that 
 even this Spaniard writes, whose object it was to show his 
 companions* behaviour in the fairest colours. No one can 
 read it, who has obtained information respecting that de- 
 generate race of men from other quarters, without perceiv- 
 ing an entire ])lan of deception carried on, from the time 
 that Cortes first landed at Ulhua to the complete conquest 
 of the rich town of Mexico. A few extracts from this 
 work may amuse the reader. 
 
 The Oration that Cortes made to his Soldiers. — "My 
 louing fellowes and deere friendes, it is certayne that euery 
 valiant manne of stoute courage, doth procure by deedes 
 to make him selfe equall with the excellente men of his 
 time, yea and with those that were before his time. So 
 it is, that I do now take in hand such an enterprise, as god- 
 willing shall be heereafter of greate fame, for myne heart 
 doth pronosticate vnto mee, that we shall winne greate and 
 rich Countreys, and manye people, as yet neuer scene to 
 anye of oure nation, yea and (Ibeeliue) greater kingrlomes 
 than those of oure kinges. And I assure you, that the de- 
 sire of glory dotlie further extend, than treasure, the 
 whiche in sorte, mortall life doth obtayne. I haue now 
 prepared Shippes, Armor, Horses, and other furniture for 
 the warres, with victuall suflicient, and all things that are 
 
157 
 
 evil who is 
 stei)s ihey 
 [•}\ristians ; 
 .11 to make 
 worsliip of 
 m through 
 lulccd that 
 show his 
 '^0 one can 
 ig that de- 
 nt perceiv- 
 n the time 
 e conquest 
 from this 
 
 1-s.— "My 
 that euery 
 by deedes 
 men of liis 
 time. So 
 se, as god- 
 lyne heart 
 greatc and 
 ;r scene to 
 kingrlomes 
 lat the de- 
 asure, the 
 haue now 
 miture for 
 ^s tliat are 
 
 N-sed as nree'^.u , in Co.uiuestes. I haue bin at -n'eate 
 costesuul ci .rges, wi.erein I banc not oneiv employed 
 myneon-nf g. .d^s,biit also the goodes of my friendes, Vet 
 "le tL.nkei'^ • ^u the employmente thereof dothe encrease 
 my tr.a.n-. . „,i ],onor. We ought (loiiing followes) to 
 leaue on siiiall things, vhen great matters doe oiler them- 
 selues. And cuen as my trust is in God, cuen so gi-eater 
 profile shall come to our kings, and a nation of this ouro 
 enterprise, than hath heertofore of any other. I doe not 
 speake how acceptable it will be to God our sauiour for 
 whose loue I do chielly and willingly hazard my goods and 
 trauel. I will not nowe treat of the perils and danger of 
 life that I haue passed since I began this voyage. "^This 
 I say, that good men doe rather expect renoune, than trea- 
 sure. We doe now attempt and begin wan-e that is both 
 good and iust, and the almiglity God in whose name and 
 holy faith this voyage is begoni^e, will assuredly giaunte 
 vntovs victory, and the lime will she. the end of thin-s 
 well begonne." ^ 
 
 On an island called Acusamil they met with a S])aniard 
 who gave the following account of himself—" Sh-, my 
 name is Geronimo de Aguilar, I was borne in the Cittie 
 of Esya in the Andohzia, and by misfortune I was 
 loste after this sorte. In the warres of Darien and in the 
 time of the contentions and passions oilame^ de Nicimsa 
 and Vasco Nonez Balboa, I came with Captaine Valdinia 
 in a little Carnell, toward Santo Domingo, to giue aduice 
 to the Admirall and gouernour, of the troubles which had 
 happened, and my comming was for men and victuals • 
 and likewise we brought twentye thousand Duckettes of 
 
 '■'ts?*"- 53Bt/'i&Jt» 
 
 mz.j^.'^Td' 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 
 158 
 
 lilt kings in .^nno 1511. Avd when we apported at/a- 
 nmyca, our Curuel was lost on the shallowes whiche were 
 callod the Uipars, and with greate pain we entred (about 
 twenty persons) into the boate, with out sayle, water or 
 bread, and weake prouission of oares : we thus wander 
 tliirtecnc or fourteene dayes, and then the currant, whiche 
 is there very great & runneth alway weastward, cast vs a 
 shoiire in a prouince called Maya, & trauelling on our 
 way, seauen of our fellowes died wyth hunger & famin. 
 \nd caj)lain Valdinia & other 4. were sacrifised to the 
 ydols by a cruel and cursed Cacike, th^t is to say, a Lord 
 in whose jwwer we fell, &c. 
 
 "And after the sacrifice, they were eaten among the In- 
 diam for a solemne ^anket : and I, and other sixe wer put 
 into a Cage or coupe, to be fatued for an other sacrifice. 
 And for to escape suche abhominable death, we brake the 
 prison and flcdde through certaine mountaines : So that 
 it pleased God 'hat wee niette with another Cazike who 
 wa? enimy to him that first toke vs, his name was Quin- 
 qus, a man of more reason and better condition, hee was 
 Lord of Xamamana : he accepted vs for his captiues, but 
 shortly after he dyed, and then I aboad with Taxmar his 
 heire. Tlien deceased other fine of oar fellowes, so that 
 there remayned but only I and one Gonsalo Guerrer, a 
 1 ..aryner, who now abydeth with Nachancan the Lorde 
 of CheLnal, and he man-led with a rich gentlewoman of 
 that countrey, by whom he hath children, and is made a 
 Captaine, and wel esteemed with the Cazike for the victo- 
 ries that he Iiath bad in the wars against the other Lords. I 
 *ti]t vnto him your worships letter, desiiing him that he 
 

 159 
 
 h 
 
 In- 
 
 "would come with me hauing so fit a passage, bat he re- 
 fused my request, I belieue for verye shame, because liee 
 had his nose ful boared of holes, & his eares iugged, liys 
 face & handes painted according to the vse of the countrey, 
 or else he abode there for the lone he bare to his wife and 
 children/* *A 11 those whichestoode by & hard this Histovie, 
 were amased, to heare Geronimo de Aguilar re})ort lyivvr 
 those Indians did sacrifise & eate mans flesh. They also la- 
 mented the miserie & death of his fellowes, and highly 
 praysed God, to see him free from his bondage & fk)ni such 
 ci-uel & barbarous people, & to haue likewise so good aii 
 enterpreter with them, for vndoubtedly it semed a miracle 
 the jlluarados ship fel into a leak, for with the extremity 
 they returned back again to that Hand, wheras with contia- 
 rie winde tiiey were constrayned to abide the coming of 
 Aguilar, and certainly he was the mean & speech oial their 
 proceedings. And therfore haue I bin so prolixiors in tht 
 rehearsal of this matter, as a notabk point of this historie. 
 Also I wil not let to tell how the mother of Ger»nimo de 
 Aguilar, became mad. &c.* 
 
 * When she hard that hir son was captiue among people 
 who vsed . o eate mans flesh, & euer after when she saw 
 any flesh spitted or roasted, she would make an open out- 
 crie, saying, oh I miserable woman, behold this is the flesh 
 of my deai'ebeloued sonne who was all my comiort.' 
 
 The account given of this island is that * It contayneth 
 ten leagues in length & thrive leagues in breadth, although 
 some say more, some lesse : it standeth twentye degrees on 
 this side the eKjuator, and flue leagues from iiie womtns 
 cape : it hath three villages, in the which liueth nere 3 thou- 
 
 p2 
 
 I 
 
I 
 
 'rJ 
 
 « \ 
 
 k 
 
 
 \i 
 
 J. 
 
 ■ : V 
 
 r *■ ' 
 
 l,| 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 160 
 
 sand men. The houses are of stone and hrick, and couered 
 with straw & bowes, & some with tile. Their temples and 
 towers are made of hme & stone very wel built : thei haue 
 no other fresh water but out of welles and raine water. 
 Calachuni is their chiefe Lord : they are browne people & 
 goe naked : & if any weare cloth, it is made of cotten wool 
 only to couer their private members: they vse long hear 
 platted & bound about their foreheads : they are great fisher- 
 men, so the fish is their chiefest foode & sustenance, they 
 haue also Maiz which is for bread : also good fruites : & 
 hony, but somewhat som-e : and plots for bees, which 
 contayn. 1000 hiues. They knew not to what use wax 
 serued, but when they saw our men make candels thereof, 
 they wondred thereat. Their dogges haue Foxe faces and 
 barke not, these they gelde and fatten to eate. This 
 Hand is fulof high mountames, & at thefeete of them, 
 good pastures many Deare and wilde Boares, Connyes 
 and Hares, but they are not great The Spaniardes 
 with their handguns and crossebov es prouide them of 
 that \dctual, fresh salt and dried. The people of this 
 Hand are Idolaters, they doe sacrifice children, but not 
 manye. And many times in stead of children they sacri- 
 fice dogges. They are poore people, but very charitable 
 and louing in their false religion and beliefe.* 
 
 'Tlie rehgion of the people oi Acusamil.-^The tem- 
 ple is like vnto a square Toure broad at the foote, & 
 steps round about it, & from the middest upward very 
 straight: the top is hollow and couered witli straw: it 
 hith foure windowes with frontais and galleries. In the 
 holow place is their chappel, wheras their Idols do stand. 
 
mummtF 
 
 
 161 
 
 The temple that stoode by the sea side was such a one 
 in the which was a maruellous straunge Idol, and difler^ 
 ed muche from all the rest, although they haue manye 
 and of dmerse fashions. The body of this Itlol was great 
 and hollow, and was fastened in that wall with lime • 
 - hee was of earth. And behinde this Idols backe was 
 the Uesterie, where was kept ornaments & other things 
 ot seruicefor the temple. The priests had a little secret 
 dore hard adjoining to the Idol, by which dore they 
 crept into the hollow Idol, and answered the people 
 who came with prayers & peticions. And with this 
 deceit the simple soules beleued al the Idol spake, and 
 honored the god more then al the rest with many perfumes 
 and sweete smelles, and offered bread and fruite, with sa- 
 cnfice of Quayles bloud, and other bu-ds, and Ao^es 
 and sometime mans bloud. And through the fameof L' 
 IdoUand Oracle, many Pilgrimes came to Jlcusamil &om 
 many places At the foote of this Temple was a plotte 
 hkea Churchyard, well walled and garnished with 4ner 
 pmnacles, in the middest whereof stoode a Crosse V ten 
 fuote long, the which they adored for God of the rayn. for 
 at all times when they wanted rayne, they would goe'thi 
 ther on Procession ('euoutely, and offered to the Cross'-- 
 Quayles r^erificed, for to appease the witith ^hat the God 
 seen .3d to hane agaynste them : and none was so accept.- 
 bk ^i '^cnfi,e, as the bloud of that little birde. -hey vse * 
 to bum. certaine sweete gume, to perfume that Gc J wi^h- 
 4ll, and to besprinkle it with water, and this done thevr 
 cel^ued assuredly to haue rayne. Such, h the Keligion 
 of tho.e Indians of Acusamil. They could ueure W 
 
 p3 
 
 i 
 
 M #. 
 
1 1 
 
 1'" 
 
 fi 
 
 
 t 
 
 !"■ 
 
 
 li- 
 
 ^^ 
 
 
 l"* 
 
 1 '* 
 
 
 ^:| 
 
 
 % 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 
 
 162 
 
 the original how that God of Crosse came amongst tliem, 
 for in all those parties of India, there is no memorie of 
 anye Preaching of the Gospell that had bin at any time, 
 as shall be shewed in another place.* 
 
 Similar descriptions are given of other towns. Xext 
 follows a descripticn of a temple found on the Continent. 
 
 'There was in that Village a temple, whiche hadde 
 a little I'ower with a Chappell on the toppe, and twentie 
 ste})pes to come unto the Chappell, where they found 
 some Idolles, and many bloudy papers, and much mans 
 bloud of those which hadde bin sacrificed, as Marina 
 did certifie. They found also the blocke wheieupon 
 they used to cutte open the menne sacrificed, and the 
 razors made oi Flint; wherewyth they opened their 
 breasts and plucked out their heartes beeyncr aliue 
 throwing them uppe toward Heaven as an oflfering, and 
 after t'as done they anoynted their idolles and .the 
 papers they offered, and then burned them.' 
 * From the passage of the river they had a faire way to 
 another river, which being likewise waded ouer, they 
 discried Zempoallan, whiche stoode a myle distant from 
 them, all beset with fayre Orchardes and Gardens, verye 
 plcasaunte to beholde, they used always to water them 
 with sluses when they pleased. There proceeded out of the 
 towne many persons, to behold an receyue so strange a 
 people unto them. They came with smihug countenance 
 and presented unto tliem diuers kinde of floures and sun- 
 dry fruites, which none of our men had heeretofore seene. 
 These people came without feare among the ordinance ; 
 with this pompe, tiiumph, and ioy they were receiued into 
 
163 
 
 tlie Citic, Hhich seemed a bea.tifuU Garden, for the tree, 
 weresogreene andhighthat scarcely the houses appeared.' 
 
 From Vera Crux, the first town the Spaniards built 
 rich presents were sent to the Court of Spain, many arti^ 
 cles m gold. Sliver, feathers and wood, curiously wrou^^ht 
 with carpets and cloth of cotton. 
 
 'AU these tilings wer more beautiful than rich : the 
 workmanship of al was more worth than the tiling it selfe 
 The colours of the cloth of cotton wool was exceeding- '' e 
 and the fethers natural.' 
 
 jThe pounced worke in gold and sUuer excee .r 
 gddsmithes. They joyned to tliispresent certaine Indian 
 bookes of figures which serve to their use for letters : these 
 
 bookes arefcldenlikeuntoclothes,and written onboth sides. 
 Some of tliese books were made of cotton and glewe, and 
 others were made of leaves of a certain t^ee calledMelt, 
 whyche serue for theyr paper, a thing straunge to behold.' 
 The Country of TIaxcallaa was separated from that of 
 Mexico ' by a greate circuite of stone made without lyme 
 or mortar, ])eing a fathom and a half high and twentie 
 ^oote brode, with loupe holes, to shoot at: Uiatwall cross- 
 e<louer all the valley from one mountayne to aaiother 
 and but one only entrance or gate, in the which Uie one' 
 wall doubled against the other, and the way there waa 
 fourue paces brode, m such sort, that it wa. an euil and 
 penlous passage, if any had bene there to defend it> 
 'They have aU kinde of good poUcie in the citie ; there 
 
 are ^oHsmithes, Fethenlressers, Barbors, Hotehouses 
 and T'.rf^ ^1,0 „^^^ ^ g^^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^^^ .^^^^^ 
 
 in 
 
 Spayne. 
 
164 
 
 Chololla, a place they passed through in their way to 
 Mexico 'is called the Sanctuary or holy place among tlie 
 Indians, and thither they trauelled from many places 
 farre distante on pilgrimage, and for this cause were many 
 temples. It sheweth outwards verye beautifull and full 
 of tx)wers, for there are as manye temples as dayes in the 
 veare, and every temple hath his towers. Our men count- 
 ed foure hundred towers. The men and women are of good 
 dispositions, well fauoured and veiy wittie.* We learn 
 that when Mutezuma heard of the taking of Chololla, 
 he feared and said, "These are the people that our 
 Gods said should come and inherite this land." 'He 
 went incontinent to his oratore and shut himself alone, 
 where he abode in fasting and prayer eyght dayes, with sa- 
 crifice of many menne to asslake the fury of his idolles, 
 who seemed to be offended. The voyce of the Diuell 
 spake unto him, bidding him not to feare the Christians &c.' 
 
 I shall here subjoin the speech of Mutezuma to Cortes 
 and his company. 
 
 "Lorde and Gentlemen. — I doe much rejoyce to haue 
 in my house such valiant men as ye are, for to vse with 
 curtesie, and entreate you with honour, according to your 
 desert and my estate. And where heretofore i desired 
 that you shoulde not come hither, the onely cause was my 
 people had a greate feare to see you, for your gesture and 
 grimme beards did terrific them, yea, they reported that 
 yee had such beastes as swallowed men, and that your 
 coming was from heaven, bringing with you lightning, 
 thunder and thunderbolts, wherwith you made the earth 
 to tremble and to shake, and that yee slew therewith whom 
 
r way to 
 nong tlie 
 y places 
 jre many 
 I and full 
 ^es in the 
 m count- 
 re of good 
 Ne learn 
 Chololla, 
 that our 
 1." 'He 
 ;lf alone, 
 , with sa- 
 ls idolles, 
 16 Diuell 
 itians &c.* 
 , to Cortes 
 
 ;e to haue 
 » vse with 
 ig to your 
 
 i desired 
 se was my 
 ssture and 
 ►orted that 
 that your 
 lightning, 
 
 the earth 
 fvith whom 
 
 165 
 
 ye pleased. But now I do see and know that ye are mor- 
 toll men, and that ye are quiet and hurt no man : also I 
 haue seene your horses, which are but your seruauntes, 
 and youre Gunnes lyke vnto shootyng Trunkes. I do 
 now holcl all for fables and lyes which hatl, bin reported of 
 you, and Idoalso accept you formy meere kmsmen. My 
 father tolde me that hee had heard his forefathers say, of 
 whome I doe descende, tiiat they helde ophnon howe Uiey 
 were not naturals of thys lande, but come hither by chance 
 m company e of a mighty Lorde, who after awhile tliat tl J 
 baclde abode heere they retui^ed to tlieir natiue soyle : 
 After manye yeares expired, they came agayne for those 
 who,ne they had left heere behind them, U they would 
 not goe wyth them, because they had heere inhabited, and 
 hadde wyues and children, and great gouen.ement in the 
 ^d Nowe these myghtieLordes seeyng that they were 
 
 ft;om tbem sore displeased, saying, that he woulde sende 
 his children that should botli rule and goueme them, in 
 lustice, peace, and auntient Religion, and for tliis con- 
 sideration, wee haue alwayes expected and beleeued, that 
 suche a people should come to rule and goueme us and 
 consulenng from whence you come, I doe think that you 
 are Uiey whome we looked for, and the notice which the 
 greate Emperour Charles had of vs, who hath now sent 
 
 sured, that we wyll obey you, if there be no fayned or 
 ^ceytfull matter in your dealings, and will a Jdeuide 
 
 tlu. which X haue sayde were not only for voure vertue 
 
: V 
 
 166 
 
 fame, and deedes of valiant Gentlemen, I would yet do it 
 for your worthincsse in the battayles of Tauasco, Teocaz- 
 inco, and Cholhlu, beeying so few, to ouercome so 
 
 many.'* , . 
 
 " Now agayne, if ye ymagine that I am a God, and Uie 
 walles and roufes of my houses, and all my vessell of ser- 
 uicc to be of pure golde, as the men of Zernpoallan, Tlux- 
 callan, and Uuexozlnco hath enformed you, it is not so, and 
 I iud-e you to be so wise, that you giue no credit to such 
 fablel You shall also note, that Uirough your comm>mg 
 hitlicr, manye of my subiects haue rebelled, and are be- 
 comt^ my mortall enimies, but yet I purpose to breakc 
 their wings. Come feele you my body, I am of fleshe and 
 bone, a mortal man as others are and no God, althougli 
 as a king I doe esteeme my seUe of a greater digmtie 
 and preheminence than others. My houses you do also see 
 which are of tymber and ettrtlie, and the principallest of 
 Masons worke, therefore nowe you do both knowe and 
 see what ochous lyai-s those talebearei-s were. But troth 
 it is, that golde plate, feathers, armour, iewels, and other 
 riches, I haue in the treaso-y of my forefathers a long 
 tmie presenied, as the vse of kings is, all the which you& 
 yours shal enioy at all times. And now it may please you 
 to take your rest, for I know that you are weery of your 
 iouniey." Cortex with ioyfull countenance humbled him- 
 selfe, seeyng some teai'es fall from Mutezuma his eyes, 
 saying vnto him, " Vppon the trust I hauehaxide in youre 
 clemencye, I insisted to come boUi to see and talke wyth 
 your highnesse, and now I know that all are lyes which 
 hath bin tolde me. Tlie like youre highnesse hath hearde 
 
yet do it 
 , Teocaz- 
 jrconie so 
 
 (1, and tlie 
 sell of ser- 
 'an, Tlax- 
 not so, and 
 (lit to such 
 commyng 
 ind are be- 
 j to breakc 
 f fleshe and 
 i, althougli 
 ter dignitie 
 do also see 
 icipallest of 
 knovve and 
 But troth 
 3, and other 
 hers a long 
 ivhichyou& 
 J please you 
 eery of your 
 imbled him- 
 na his eyes, 
 dde in youre 
 i talke wyth 
 ; lyes which 
 ! hath hearde 
 
 167 
 
 Imported of vs, assure youre selfe, that the Emperoure 
 J^yng oiSpayne is your natural] Lorde, whome yee haue 
 expected for, he is the onely heyre from whence youre Iv- 
 nage dothe proceede, and as touching the offer of yo^re 
 highnesse treasure, I do most hartyly tbanke you." 
 
 'TheMaiestieand order, wherewith Mutezuma was 
 serued.—Mutezumawas a man of small statm-e and leune 
 his couloure tawnie as all the Indians, are. He haddJ 
 long heare on hys heade, six little heares vppon him 
 as though they hadde bin put in with a bodkin. HiJ 
 thnine bearde was blacke. Hee was a man of a fayre 
 condition, and a doer of Justice, well spoken, graue and 
 wise, beloued and feared among his subjectes. Mule 
 ^uma doth signifie sadensse.* 
 
 'To the proper names of Kings and Lords, they do 
 adde this sillable C. which is for *.rtesie and dignitie as 
 we vse Lord. The Turke vseth Zultan. The Moore' or 
 Barbanan calleth his Lorde.^.%, and so the Indians 
 say Mute Zuma Zin. His people haddc him in such 
 reuerence. that he permitted none to sit in his sight, nor 
 yet 111 his presence to weure shoes, nor looke him in the 
 iace, except very few Princes. He was glad of the con- 
 uersation of the Spanyardes and would not suffer tliem to 
 stande on foote, for the great estimation he had (.f them 
 and If he lyked any of the Spanyardes garments, he 
 woulde exchange his apparrell for theirs.* 
 
 'He changed his owue apparrell four times euery day 
 and he neuer clothed himselfe agayne with the garments 
 which he hadde once worne, but all suche were keptein 
 his Guardrobe, for to gine in presents to his seruantes 
 
1G8 
 
 'f. 
 
 
 and Ambassadors, and vnto valiante souldycrs wliich 
 had taken any cnimic prisoner, and that wi»,s esteemed 
 a great reward, and a title of priuiledge. 
 
 * Then follow an account of suitors who applied to the 
 King, who having their answers returned backward not 
 turning thoir tayles to the Prince, after Nvhich followed 
 players, who play with their feete as we doe with oure 
 handes: also other plays, throwing cudgels into the air: 
 they have a kind of bean squared like dice and marked, at 
 which game they play all that they haue and many tyraes 
 they valew the}T owne bodyes and play that into captivi- 
 tie. To which succeeds an account of a tennis court, in 
 which the Khig anmsed himself with a ball made of gum, 
 hard, black, but excellent to rebound. He is represented 
 as having a thousand women, gentlewomen, servants and 
 slaves, the most noblemen's daughters. ISIutezuma took 
 for himself those he liked best antl gave the rest in mar- 
 riaf^e to Gentlemen, his servants. His palace was of an 
 immense extent with courts, a hundred bathes and hot- 
 houses, worked with great art and beauty, a house of foule 
 for hawking, others kept only for their feathers, together 
 with animals of all kinds in abundance, snakes and lizards 
 and adders and lions— though th(;re certainly were no lions 
 in America— and wolves and tigers, howling and Marking 
 to the great terror of the Spaniards, who saw the floure 
 couered with bloud like a slaughter house, it stonke 
 
 honibly. 
 
 ' Moste certaine, in the nighte season it seemed a Don- 
 geon of Hell, and a dwelling place of the Deuill, and even 
 so it was indeede, for neare at hande was a Hall of a 
 
 -r 
 
rs which 
 .'Steeinfd 
 
 iecl to the 
 ward not 
 
 followed 
 mx\i oure 
 ) the air: 
 larked, at 
 Liiy tymes 
 to captivi- 
 
 court, in 
 leofgum, 
 :;presented 
 rvants and 
 zuma took 
 St in mar- 
 was of an 
 3 and hot- 
 se of foule 
 i, together 
 ind lizards 
 re no lions 
 id l)arking 
 ■ the floure 
 
 it stonke 
 
 led a Don- 
 
 I, and even 
 Hall of a 
 
 169 
 
 hundred and fiftie foote long, and thirtie foote broad, 
 where was a ChappcU with the Roofe of siluur and gold in 
 leafe Wainescotted, and decked with gi-eate store of pearle 
 and stone, as Agattes, Conierines, Enieraldes, Rubies, 
 and diuerse other sortes, and thys was the Oratory where 
 Mutezuma prayed in the nighte season, and in that chap- 
 pell the Diuell did appeare vnto hyin, and gaue him an- 
 swere according to his prayers/ 
 
 The description of his armory, his gardens, his court 
 and body guard exhibit hini as a most powerful and 
 splendid n. )narch, to whom the noblemen paye their 
 tribute in personal service, the husbandmen with body 
 and goodes. 
 
 'The great Temple of Mexico.— The Temple is called 
 Teucalli, that is to say, Gods house, Teurl signifieth God, 
 and Calli is a house, a vowell very fitte, if that house had 
 bene of the true God. The Spaniards that vnderstand 
 not the language, do pronounce and call those Temples 
 Cues, and the God Vitzilopuchtli, Vchilobos. There are 
 in Mexico many parishe churches, with towers, wherein 
 are Chappells and Altares where the images and idols do 
 stande, and those chappells do serue for burial places of their 
 founders, and the Parishioners are buried in the Church- 
 yarde. All their Temples are of one fashion, therefore 
 it shalbe nowe sufficient to speake of the cathedral church. 
 And euen as those temples are al in generall of one mak- 
 ing in that citie. I doe beleue that the lyke was iicur 
 scene nor harde off'. This temple is square, and dotli con . 
 ♦{line euery way as much ground as a crossebow can reach 
 leuell : it is made of stone, with foure dorcs that abutteth 
 

 IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 S ^ IIIIIM 
 
 •« 14 
 
 U 
 
 
 1.25 
 
 1.4 
 
 J4 
 
 
 .4 6" — 
 
 
 »> 
 
 V] 
 
 y] 
 
 >^. 
 
 'cf^^ 
 
 r 
 
 c* 
 
 c'i 
 
 .^J 
 
 ^> 
 
 /A 
 
 %oyy 
 
 
 '^/ 
 
 ''f 
 
 '/ 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sdences 
 Corporation 
 
 •n WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 -r^K 
 
 
 %^ 
 
 ^<j,. 
 

 i? 
 
 
 ^A 
 
 M 
 
 V 
 
 ^ 
 
ip 
 
 3 
 
 i: ■ I; 
 
 170 
 
 vpoii the three calscys, and vpon an other parte of the 
 Cittie, that hatli no calsey hut a fayre streate/ 
 
 'In the middest of this Quadern standeth a mount of 
 earth and stone square lykewise, and fiftie fadom long 
 euery way, huyUe vpwards hke vnto a pyramide of Egipt, 
 saujngthe toppe is not sharpe, but playne and flatte, and 
 tenne fadom squai-e : vpon the weast side, were steppes vp 
 to the toppe, in number an hundreth and fourtene, whiche 
 beying so many, high, and made of good stone did seeme 
 a beautifull thing. It was a straunge sight to beholde the 
 Priests, some going vp, and some downe with ceremonies, 
 or with men to be sacrificed. Upon the toppe of this 
 Temple are two great Alters, a good space distant the one 
 from the other, and so nigh the edge or brimme of the 
 wall, that scarcely a man mought go behind them at 
 pleasure. The one Alter standeth on the right hande, 
 and the other on the left, they were but of fiue footehighe, 
 eche oi" them had the backe part made of stone, paynted 
 with monstrous and foule figures, the Chappell was fayre 
 and well wrought of Masons worke and timber, euery 
 Chappell had three loftes one aboue another, susteyned 
 vpon pillers, and with the height thereof it shewed like vnto 
 a fayre tower, and beautified the Cittie a farre of: from 
 thence a man mought see all the t ae and townes rounde 
 aboute the lake, whiche was undoubtedly a goodly pros- 
 pect. And because Cortes and his company should see 
 the beautie thereof, Mutezuma brought liim thither, and 
 shewed hym all the order of the Teir^.lc, euen from the 
 foote to the toppe. Tb'^vc wr- . rf-iine plot or space 
 for the idol Priests to ceit'l.ralo their «crince without di«- 
 
 W >i 
 
 lllil 
 
parte of the 
 
 a mount of 
 fadom long 
 le of Egipt, 
 I flatte, and 
 
 steppes vp 
 me, whiche 
 ! did seeme 
 jeholde the 
 ceremonies, 
 ppe of this 
 ant the one 
 nme of the 
 d them at 
 ght hande, 
 bote highe, 
 le, paynted 
 1 was fayre 
 her, euery 
 
 susteyned 
 d like vnto 
 ' of: from 
 les rounde 
 odiy pros- 
 should see 
 ithcr, and 
 I from the 
 •t or space 
 ithoiit di«- 
 
 171 
 
 ward the nsmg of the sunne. Upon ech alter standeth a 
 great kIoII Beside this tower tl,at standeU. vpon the 
 mam.de, there are fourtie towers great and smaU belong, 
 mg to otherlmle temples which stand in the san.e cir- 
 
 yet theyr prospect was not westwarde, but oth. vvayet 
 bicause there should be a difference betwixte the gTat' 
 temple and them. Some of tlrese Temples were b%; 
 than othe,, and eueiy one of a seuemll God, amongT 
 wh.he U^ere was one rounde temple dedicated to the G^ 
 of the ayz. called Quecalcouail, for euen as the ayre goeth 
 
 zt: b^ ''' 'r^"'' ^"^" '- that con -dero!; 
 
 tI "^f.^"^'^^^' ^^""de. The entmnce of that 
 Temple had a dore made lyke vnto tlie mouth of a JSer- 
 pent, and was paynt^ with foule and Dieulish gestures 
 with greae teeth and gummes wrought, whiehc was a thing' 
 to feare those that should enter in the. at, and especially 
 
 lto.MT 'f '" it represented very Hel with 
 that ougly face and monsterous teeth.* 
 
 'There were other Teucalles in the citie tl.at had the 
 ascending vp by steps in three places : all these temples had 
 houses by themselues with all seruice and priests and par- 
 ticular Gods At euery dore of the great temple standeth 
 a large Hall and goodly lodgings, both high and lowe 
 round about, which houses were common annories for the 
 Utie for die force and strength of euery town, is the 
 temple, and therefore they haue there placed their store- 
 house of munition. They had other darke houses full of 
 Idols, greate and small, wrought of sundry mettals, they 
 
 Q2 ^ 
 
,T. 
 
 3 
 
 M\4-. 
 
 '\V 
 
 172 
 
 aie all bathed and wushed with bloud, and do shewe very- 
 black through theyr dayly sprinklyng and anointing them 
 with the same, when any man is sacrificed : yea and the 
 walles are an inch thicke with bloud, and the grounde is a 
 foote thicke of bloud, so that there is a diueUsh stench. 
 The Priests or Ministers goe daylye into those Oratories, 
 and suffer none others but great personages to enter in. 
 Yea and when any such goeth in, they are bounde to 
 offer some man to be sacrificed, that those bloudy hangmen 
 and ministers of the Diuell may washe their handes in 
 bloud of those so sacrificed, and to sprinkle their house 
 therewith.* 
 
 * For their seruice in the kitchen they haue a ponde of 
 water that is filled once a yeei«, which is brought by con- 
 duct iiom the principal fountayne. All the residue of the 
 foresayde circuite serueth for places to breede foule, with 
 gardens of hearbes and sweete trees, with Rose and 
 floures for the Alters. Such, so great and straunge was 
 this temple of Mexico, for the seruice of the Diuell who 
 had decieued those simple Indians. There dothe reside 
 in the same temple continually fiue thousand persons, and 
 all they are lodged and haue theyr living there, for that 
 temple is maruelous riche, and hath diuers townes onely 
 for their maintainaunce and reparation, and are bounde to 
 sustajTie the same alwayes on foote. They doe sowe 
 come, and maintayne all those fiue thousande persons 
 with bread, fruyte, flesh, fish and firewoodde as mud as 
 they neede, for they spende more fire-woodde than is spent 
 in the kings courte: these persons doe Hue at their hartes 
 ease, as seruauntes and vassals vnto the Goddes. Mute' 
 
hewe very 
 
 iting them 
 
 ea and the 
 
 rounde is a 
 
 sh stench. 
 
 Oratories, 
 
 o enter in. 
 
 bounde to 
 
 hangmen 
 
 handes in 
 
 heir house 
 
 a ponde of 
 ht by con- 
 idue of the 
 foule, with 
 Rose and 
 aunge was 
 )iuell who 
 3the reside 
 rsons, and 
 e, for that 
 (rnes onely 
 bounde to 
 doe sowe 
 ie persons 
 i mucl as 
 ui is spent 
 leir hartes 
 5. Mute- 
 
 173 
 
 zuma brought Cortes to this temple, because his men 
 shoulde see the same, and to enforme them of his rehgion 
 and holinessc, wherof I will speake in an other phu^e, 
 bemg the most straunge and cruellest that euer was 
 hardo off.* 
 
 The Idols of Mexico.— < The Gods of Mexico, were 
 two thousand in number, as tlie Indians reported, th« 
 chieftest were Vitcilopuchtli and Tezeatli^puca, whose 
 images stoode highest in the Temple vppon the Altars- 
 they were made of stone in ful proportion as bigge as a 
 Gyant. They were couered with a lawne called ^aear 
 These images were besette with pearles, precious stones! 
 and peeces of gold, wrought like birds, beastes, fishes, and 
 floures adorned with Emeralds, Turquies, Calcedons, and 
 otlier little fine stones, so that when the lawne Nacar was 
 teke>i away, the Images seemed very beautiful to beholde.* 
 'Tlie Image had for a girdle great snakes of gold, an^^ 
 for collors or chaynes about their necks, ten hartes of men^ 
 made of golde. and each of those Idolles hac' a counterfait^ 
 mar with eyes of glass, and in their necks death painted- 
 eadie of these things hadde their considerations and mean- 
 ings. These two Goddes were brethren, for Tezcatlisjmea 
 w«u* the God of Providence, and Vitcilopuchtli God of 
 tiie warres, who was worshipped and feared more than 
 all the rest* 
 
 'Thei-e was another God, who hadde a greate Image 
 placed vppon the toppe of the Chappell of Idols, and hee 
 wa« esteemed for a speciaU and singular God aboue aU 
 the reste. This God was made of aU kinde of swedes 
 iii«»t groweth in that Countrey, and being ground, they 
 
 q3 
 
174 
 
 made a certayne past, tempered with childrens blond, and 
 Virgins sacrificed, who were opened with the'j razures in 
 the breastes, and tlieir heartes taken out, to offer as first 
 fruites vnto the Jdoll. The Priestes and Ministers doe 
 consecrate this Idoll with great pomp and many Ceremo- 
 nies. All the Comarcans and Citizens are presente at 
 the consecration, with great triumph and incredible deuo- 
 tion. After the consecration, many deuoute persons came 
 and sticked in the dowy Image precious stones, wedges 
 of golde, and other Jewels. After all this pomp ended, 
 no secular man mought touch e that holye Image, no nor 
 yet come into his Chappell, nay scarcely religious persons, 
 except they were Tlamacaztli, who are Priestes of order. 
 They doe renue this Image many times wyth new dough, 
 taking away the olde, but then blessed is hee that can get 
 one piece of the olde ragges for relikes and chiefly for 
 souldyers, who thought themselues sure therewith in the 
 warres. Also at the consecration of thys Idoll, a certayne 
 vessell of water was blessed with manye wordes and cere- 
 monyes, and that water was preserued very religiously at 
 the foote of the altar, for to consecrate the king when he 
 should be crowned, and also to blesse any Captayne gene- 
 rall, when he shoulde be elected for the warres, with only 
 giuing him a draught of that water.' 
 
 How the Diuell appeared to the Indians. — 'The Diuell 
 did many times talke with the priestes, and with other 
 rulers and perticular persons, but not with all sortes of men. 
 And vnto him to whom the Diuell had appeared, was 
 offered and presented great giftes. The wicked spirit ap- 
 peared vnto tliem in a thousand shapes, and fashions, and 
 
 i i 
 
 illi 
 
175 
 
 blond, and 
 razures in 
 Fer as first 
 nisters doe 
 y Ceremo- 
 presente at 
 iible deuo- 
 rsons came 
 es, wedges 
 •mp ended, 
 ige, no nor 
 us persons, 
 es of order, 
 lew dough, 
 hat can get 
 chiefly for 
 with in the 
 a certayne 
 !S and cere- 
 hgiously at 
 iig when he 
 tayne gene- 
 s' with only 
 
 TheDiuell 
 with other 
 )rtes of men. 
 peared, was 
 3d spirit ap- 
 ishions, and 
 
 finally he was conuersant and familiar among them very 
 often. And the fooles thought it a greate wonder, that 
 Gods would be so familiar with mortal men. Yea they 
 not knowing that they were Diuells, and hearing of them 
 many things before the had hapned, gaue great cre<lite 
 and beliefe to their illusions and deceits. And because 
 he commanded them, they sacrifif;ed suche an infinite 
 number of creatures. Likewise he, vnto whom he had 
 appeared, carried about him painted, the likenesse where- 
 in he shewed himself the first time. And they painted 
 his image vpon their dores, benches, and euery comer of 
 the house. And as he appeared in sundry figures and 
 shajies, euen so they painted him, of infinite fashions, yea 
 and some foule, grieslye, and fearful to beholde, but yet 
 vnto them, it seemed a thing delectable. So this ignorant 
 people giuing credite to the condemel spirite, were growen 
 euen to the hj';!hest hil of crueltie, vnder the coulour of 
 deuout and religious persons, yea they had suche a cvs- 
 tome, that before they would eat or dnnk, they wold take 
 thereof a little quantitie, and offer it vnto the sun and to the 
 earth. And if they gathered come, fruite, or roses, they 
 would take a leaf before they would smel it, and offer 
 the same. And he that did not obserue these and suche 
 other coremonies, was iudged one that Imd not god in his 
 hart, yea (as they say) a man out of the godds fauour.' 
 
 This book contains also various accounts of the im- 
 mense wealth of which Mutezuma and his nobles were 
 possessed, which fell into the hands of the Spaniards ; 
 gold in planches like brickbats, wedges, balls, collars, 
 wheels of gold, grains as they were found as large as peas. 
 
I 
 
 m; 
 
 1" < 'I, 
 
 
 i 
 
 t ii. 
 
 ■ 
 
 ! I 
 
 176 
 
 articles both for ornament and use in war, and for the 
 table, garnished with gold, silver, diamonds, pearls, riibie« 
 &c., which when discovered struck these greedy invaders 
 with astonishment and sharpened their appetite for do- 
 minion and for blood. These richer were laid op in 
 heaps in tlie palace of the king, for no other purpose 
 than to be looked at; and therefore were given up ficely 
 when demanded, as useless to their possessors but greatly 
 desired by tlie Spanish Monarch. 
 
 A dePcrii)tion is given of Mexico as a place of immense 
 population, with large wide streets and houses well built, 
 many of them lofty, of stone, brick and wood, covered 
 witli tyles made of leaves, well lain on an'd fonning an 
 effectual security against both rain and heat, a conduit for 
 bringing water from a great distance into the town, and 
 causeways extremely well formed, with bridges on them 
 leading to the town; which was itself placed in tlie cen- 
 tre of a large lake. Indeed tlie whole of this book serves 
 to [JTove, that the inhabitants of the Continent, from tlie 
 place where the Spaniards landed to Mexico, were in a 
 state of com ^ete civilization, enjoying much of the happi- 
 ness of a social state holding the distinct occupations from 
 which t^e enjoyments of life axise, divided among them, 
 maintaining the different grades of society, a King, a dis- 
 tinct nobility, a regular priesthood, public officers, owners 
 of large tracts of land, paying annual taxes, with labourers of 
 all ranks and jconditions. They appear to hav^ esteemed 
 gold and silver on no other account, than for the ornaments 
 of their persona and their tables and temples, which were 
 made of those metals. Their habits were regular, mod«- 
 
177 
 
 nd lor the 
 xh, rubies 
 f invaders 
 e for do- 
 id ap in 
 • purpose 
 up ficely 
 li greatly 
 
 immense 
 irell built, 
 , covered 
 ming an 
 iKluit for 
 )wn, and 
 on them 
 tlie ceai- 
 )k serves 
 from tli8 
 ere in a 
 e happi- 
 ms from 
 (g them, 
 g, a dis- 
 , owners 
 ourersof 
 steemed 
 laments 
 ch were 
 ', mods- 
 
 rate and virtuous : a small degi'ce of exertion furnished 
 the means of living, and competition could scarcely be 
 said to be known among them. But once established 
 under a Kingly government, the love of dominion became 
 a curse to them : wars were often lighted up, on account 
 of the tribute which was paid to the metropolis of the em- 
 pire, and revolts took place. To the westward, a country 
 thinly peopled, the King of Mexico had an undivided 
 sway to the shores of the Pacific ; but a large portion of 
 tlie country which lay between tlie Capital and the Gulf, 
 which was full of people, >vith large and flourishing towns, 
 was hostile to the sceptre of Montezuma, and under the 
 influence and subject to the law of the Governor of Tlax- 
 callan. This unhappy division of power, and the bitter 
 jealousy which had long been cheriehed by the two pre- 
 vailing governments, were the cause of the final subjuga- 
 tion of the capital of the kingdom. Without them it 
 would have been impossible for the small army of Spa- 
 niards which invaded them to have formed an establish- 
 ment in the country ; still less to have maintained their 
 authority, after it had been discovered by the Indians, that 
 the only purpose for which they came was plunder. 
 These men first obtained an influence among the natives, 
 through that extreme simplicity and character of mildness 
 by which they weremarked,and it was afterwards cherished 
 and confirmed by the jealousies wliich they carefully fer- 
 mented, the false hopes by which thcjy fed the discontented 
 party, the promises always unfulfilled which were libe- 
 rally given, and the cruel severity which they exercised as 
 soon as tliey had gained a footing firm enough to empow- 
 
 I 
 
II 
 
 II 
 
 I 
 
 '1 
 
 i 
 
 ? 
 
 :i. 
 
 i 
 
 ? 
 
 ■■■.} 
 
 iJHHii 
 
 M 
 
 n^^HH| 
 
 <./ 
 
 '■jH* V 
 
 "r 
 
 i£E i Jk 
 
 <•' 
 
 ) HI 
 
 f 
 
 
 'i •*< 
 
 i'^4l 
 
 178 
 
 cr tlicm to use decisive mcaaiires. Nor did they finally 
 succeed without the almost entire anninilation of the higher 
 ordcjrs of the people, the princes, the priests and leading 
 men, and tens of thou3ands, perhaps I might say, hundreds 
 of tliousands of the gentle, harmless, virtuous Indians. 
 Of these conquerors it might indeed be said, that " they 
 created a desart and called it Peace ;" aiul tlie terror with 
 which tliey inspired the feeble natives, like that which 
 surrounded the dungeons of the Inquisition, sealed every 
 mouth which still remained unclosed in silence, and 
 brought every neck to a yoke galling, sore, and insup- 
 portable, under which millions more sunk into an early 
 grave, welcome to their broken hearts. 
 
 k- 
 
 .: W 
 
they finally 
 )f the higher 
 and leading 
 ly, hundreds 
 us Indians. 
 
 that •« they 
 ! terror with 
 
 that which 
 sealed every 
 ilencc, and 
 
 and insup- 
 nto an early 
 
 CHAPrEll XII. 
 
 RETllOSrECTIVE VIEW. 
 
 Ai 
 
 .ND now, my Reader, we will take a general view of 
 the contents of this volume, in order to ascertain the 
 value of the information that has been afforded from va- 
 rious, but all, I believe, respectable quarters, and how far it 
 may be seen to prove the point for which it has been col- 
 lected; namely, that the original inhabitants of America 
 are descended in a direct and pure line from tlic Ten 
 Tribes of Israel. 
 
 If we respect the proi»hetic language of the Old Testa- 
 ment, we are compelled to believe that tlie people of Go«J, 
 who once enjoyed special tokens of his favour and lost 
 them, as foretold \>y their great prophet and lawgiver, in 
 consequence of disobedience, will be restored io his favour 
 and regain the distinction they once enjoyed. If any 
 confirmation of this sacred truth were requiretl, it is ob- 
 tained from the actual state of the Jews, the descendants 
 of the two tribes of Judah and Benjamin, who are still liv- 
 ing in a state of separation from all the nations amontr 
 
Ii 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 ■' i 
 
 1 
 
 ' ■ ?• 
 
 
 1 
 
 • 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 ■ ■ N" 
 
 
 i f"'j 
 
 
 ■ ii-U^ 
 
 
 ^! 
 
 1 
 
 
 1 1 i 
 
 180 
 
 whom tlicy dwell, adhering stricktly to ti.e worship of their 
 One and Only God, and exhihi ting a faithfulness of wor- 
 ship that does honour to Him they serve. Here they 
 are among us stll waiting for their redemption. And it 
 is a thought, unaccorapained by doubt in the Chnstian's 
 mind, t^iat their day of salvation draweth near, when they 
 shall he united with us in the worship of their God 
 
 and King. 
 
 But why they, two tribes alone, and not the other ten. 
 who are all included in the general charter, of whom 
 sc -ipture speaks in the plainest t . ms. anil calls them by 
 nn,A\e ? Are they not also to 1 o recovered and restored, 
 together with the Jews ? Yes. they arc to be so. Not 
 the scattered and dispersed alone, but also the outcast 
 shall return to the Almighty's embrace and to their own 
 land. For, as Paul assures us. All Israel shall be saved. 
 ITiese tribes have therefore ai. existence some where- 
 far from their brethren; who are ignorant of them and 
 now acknowledge them not. 
 
 One of their own prophets has told us the way in which 
 they departed from their captivity. In the book of Esdras 
 iheir journey can be traced into a land ivliere no man 
 dwelt. And although throughout the space of two thou- 
 sand five hundred yec^s tJwy have not been enquired after, 
 they are not less in beinr on this account. In that direc- 
 tion which the prophetic historian points out, a way of a 
 year and a halfs journey, is a passage to a wide land, 
 icherein they might wander undisturbed /rom sea to sea. 
 In that land an immense population has been discovered. 
 intJieir usages and customs unlike any of the tribes and 
 
Iiip of their 
 less ofwor- 
 Ilere they 
 m. And it 
 Christian's 
 , when they 
 their God 
 
 e other ten, 
 r, of whom 
 ills them hy 
 ,nd restored, 
 be so. Not 
 the outcast 
 to their own 
 ittll be saved. 
 )me where — 
 7/ them and 
 
 way in which 
 )ok of Esdras 
 ftere no man 
 of two thou- 
 quired after, 
 In that direc- 
 ;, a way of a 
 a wide land, 
 m sea to sea. 
 m discovered, 
 :he tribes and 
 
 181 
 
 nations existing in Europe or Asia, with peculiar and 
 striking features, which render them remarkable. Of these 
 let the Miming be duly considered. 
 
 They are Hving 'n tribes, wiUi heads of tribes-they 
 hav. .11 a family likeness, thou^di covering thousands of 
 leagues of land i and have a tradition prevaihng univei^- 
 ally, that they carae into that country at tire North- West 
 comer-they are a very religious peoi,le, and yet have en- 
 tirely escaped the idolatry of the old world-tbey acknow- 
 ledge One God, the Gveat Spirit, who created all things 
 seen and unseen-the name by which tiiis being is known 
 to them IS ale, the old Hebrew name of God ; he is dso 
 called yehowah, sometimes yah. and also abba-for this 
 Oreat Being they profess a high reverence, calling him 
 the head of their community, and themselves his favorite 
 people-they believe that he was more favorable to them 
 in old times than he is now, that their fathers we e in 
 covenant with him, that he bilked wiUi them and gave 
 ihem la^v■s-tlley are distinctly lieard to sing with their 
 religious dances, halkluyah or praise to jah : other re 
 inarkable sounds go out of their mouths, as shilu-yo 
 shilu-he aU.yo, he~wak, yoheivah : but they profess not to 
 know the meaning of these woms; only that they learned 
 to use them upon saere ^ casions-they acknowledge the 
 government of a providence over-ruling all things, and ex 
 press a willing sulmission to whatever takes place-they 
 keep annual feasts which resemble those of the Mosaic 
 mual; a feast of first fruits, which they do not permit 
 themselves to taste until they have made an o/Terin. of 
 them to G(d; also an evening festival, in which n. bone 
 
 A 
 
 ^! 
 
Hi 
 
 't 
 
 Pi 3 
 
 ■'I 
 
 M 
 
 
 IMI 
 
 ■1^: 
 
 ^ 
 
 ii 
 
 I 
 
 ■ 
 
 182 
 
 of the animal that is eaten may be broken ; and if one 
 fomily be not large enough to consume the vvimle of it, 
 a neighbouring family is called in to assist: the whole ot 
 H is consumed, and the relics are burned before the nsmg 
 ofthenexi day's sun: there is one part of the animal 
 which they never eat, the hollow part of the thigh-they 
 eat bitter vegetables and observe severe fasts, for the 
 purpose of cleansing themselves from sin-they have also 
 a feast of harvest, when their fruits are gathered m, a 
 daily sacrifice and a feast of love-their forefathers prac- 
 tised the right of circumcision; but not knowmg why so 
 stran<^e a practice was continued, and not approving of it 
 they gave it up-there is a sort of jubilee kept by some of 
 ^hem-they have cities of refuge, to which a guilty man 
 and even a murderer may fly and be. safe ; for these be- 
 loved or sacred towns are never defiled by the shedding of 
 blood-in their temples is a holy place into which none 
 may enter but the priest, and he only on particular occa- 
 sions-there he makes a yearly atonement for sm, dressed 
 in a flmta^tic garb, which is a humble imitation of the 
 Ili-h Priest's robes, with a breast plate and other orna- 
 ments-he addresses the people in the old divine speech 
 and calls them the beloved and holy people-they have a 
 succession of priosts, who are inducted into office by pun- 
 hcation and anointing-they had once _ a holy book, 
 ,,hich while they kept, things wentwell with them ; thev 
 lost it, and in consecpence of the loss fel under the dis- 
 pleasure of the Great Spirit; but they believe they shall 
 L day regain it-they are looking for and expectm, 
 some one to come and teach them the right way.- 
 
183 
 
 md if one 
 lole of it, 
 } whole of 
 
 the risint^' 
 ;he animal 
 igh— they 
 s, for the 
 1 have also 
 lered in, a 
 thers prac- 
 ing why so 
 oving of it, 
 by some of 
 guilty man 
 )r these be - 
 shedding of 
 which none 
 icular occa- 
 sin, dressed 
 ation of the 
 
 other orna- 
 livine speech 
 -they have a 
 fice by puri- 
 
 Iioly boolc, 
 them ; they 
 nder the dis- 
 ve they shall 
 id expecting; 
 way. — 
 
 Let the reader here peruse Amos 8, 1 1, and Ezekiel 37. 
 Their forefathers had a power of foretelling future 
 events and working miracles — they have an ark or chest, 
 in which they keep their holy things, and which they 
 cany with them to the wars — a person is aj)pointed u. 
 cany it, called the Priest for the war, who is especially 
 purified by fasting and taking a bitter drink — he has a sa- 
 gan or helper: no other than these two dare to touch 
 the ark, not even an enemy — it must not be placed on 
 the ground, through feai- of defilement, but upon a heajt 
 of stones piled up, or on a wooden stool provided lor the 
 purpose — all the males appear in their temples three tinu-:. 
 u year at the appointed feasts: on which occasions the 
 women and children do not form any part of the devotional 
 body — their temples are high places : among the nioK 
 civilized they wei'e huge heaps of earth, used as place s 
 to bury their dead as well as for temples, altars and leli- 
 gious worship; to which they last resorted when drivia by 
 an enemy, and where no quarter was either received (»r 
 given — ihey tell us, that God made the first man ulclav 
 and breathed on him, and so gave him life; of a flood in 
 which all the inhabitants of the earth were drowned rx- 
 cept one iamily, which was saved in a large vessel wiilj 
 various animals; that a great bird and a little one were 
 Hent out from it, that the little one returned with a bv.ii.d! 
 in his mouth but the great one remained abroa<l— ihcy 
 speak of a confusion of tongues when new languages wvn- 
 tirst formed ; and that men once lived till their feet were 
 woni out with walking and their throats witli eating— ul 
 one of their feasts twelve beloved men are em))loye(l to fovni 
 
 r2 
 
 I 
 
 , -!SfWW!»W»»1?,i«'l(¥; 
 
184 
 
 ) % 
 
 ■u^ 
 
 a booth or tent of green branches, in which they perform 
 certain reUgious rites, raise an altar of twelve stones, on 
 which no tool is allowed to be used, and on it they offer 
 twelve sacrifices; a feast much resembling the feast of 
 tabernacles— some of them have ten men and ten stones— 
 at death their beloved people sleep, and go to their fathers; 
 they wash and anoint the bodies, and hire mourners to shed 
 tears and lament over them— in affliction they lay their 
 hand on their mouths and their mouths in the dust— they 
 separate with singular care their women when under 
 peculiar circumstances, both the young unmarried ones 
 and the wives ; with the latter of whom they abstain from 
 communication during war, and for some days before and 
 after they have kws of uncleanness in other cases, as un- 
 clean animals which they never eat, and a careful avoidance 
 of every thing unclean— time is reckoned by them in the 
 manner of the ancient Hebrews, and their years begin at 
 the same season— in their language are an abundance of 
 words similar to the Hebrew ones, and it is generally con- 
 structed in the manner of that language— their ancient 
 works, raised at very remote periods, are of immense size 
 and large extent, and the more interesting, because they 
 offer the proof, that these people were by no means unac- 
 quainted with arts and science: they have an evident 
 affinity to the public works and vast structures of Egy})t 
 and of Palestine; the same hands may be thought to have 
 raised the Pyramids of the old and of the new world, the 
 same superstition to have marked their places of sepulture^ 
 and the same creed to have been the rule of their Uves 
 both as to time and a hereafter. 
 
 
sy perform 
 stones, on 
 they offer 
 le feast of 
 n stones — 
 ;ir fathers; 
 lers to shed 
 J lay their 
 iust^ — they 
 tien under 
 xrried ones 
 bstain from 
 1 before and 
 Lses, as un- 
 1 avoidance 
 ^hem in the 
 Ts begin at 
 undance of 
 lerally con- 
 eir ancient 
 imense size 
 ecause they 
 leans unac- 
 an evident 
 es of Egyjit 
 ight to have 
 ' world, the 
 jf sepulture,. 
 ' their lives 
 
 18d 
 
 It is not pretended that all these remarkable iisagiS 
 customs and thoughts, are found alike in all tlie j)avf5 of 
 the vast continent of America. Some of the fragments 
 of an ancient system have been discovered in one itlace, 
 and some in another. Many of them, and the most im- 
 portant to our present purpose, ai-e found to prevail anion^ 
 many or all of the nations that have been best known : 
 and it will now be judged, whether there be not a groatr r 
 plausibility in the supposition maintained in the foregoing 
 pages, than in the attempt which has ucen again and 
 again made to shew that these nations are of Tartar origin. 
 Among the Tai'lars none of those pecularities are dis- 
 covered which bring the American Indians so near to a 
 Hebrew origin ; and, without entering deeper into the 
 investigation, I shall take leave of my reader with the 
 persuasion, that he has not been uninterested and unin- 
 structed by the perusal of this little volume. 
 
 FIMS. 
 
 I 
 
H'- 
 
 ^1 
 
 hi 
 
 
 «.ii 
 
 m\ 
 
 t 
 
 U' 
 
 
 t 
 
 ill 
 
 4 m. 
 
 , ! * 
 
 } 
 
 ' H 
 
 !•' 
 
 J'RINTll) BY Vr. W. ARLISS, PLYMOUTH. 
 
JTH.